<PAGE>
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1998
Commission File Number 0-23006
DSP GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE 94-2683643
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation and organization)
3120 SCOTT BOULEVARD, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(408) 986-4300
(Registrant's telephone number)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
NONE
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
COMMON STOCK, $.001 PER SHARE
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all
reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No
--- ---
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the Registrant, based on the closing price of the Common Stock on March 1,
1999, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, was approximately
$107,277,023. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by
each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been
excluded from this computation in that such persons may be deemed to be
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a
conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of March 1, 1999 the Registrant had outstanding 11,633,420 shares of
Common Stock.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1. Portions of the Registrant's Annual Report to Stockholders for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 are incorporated by reference into Part
II of this Form 10-K Report. With the exception of those portions which are
incorporated by reference, the Registrant's 1998 Annual Report is not deemed
filed as part of this Report.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDEX
DSP GROUP, INC.
Page No.
--------
<S> <C>
PART I
Item 1. BUSINESS...............................................................................3
Item 2. PROPERTIES.............................................................................20
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS......................................................................20
Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS....................................20
PART II
Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS....................................................................21
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA................................................................21
Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITIONAL AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS..................................................21
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RATE.............................21
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA............................................21
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.................................................21
PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.....................................22
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.................................................................24
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
AND MANAGEMENT.........................................................................32
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.........................................34
PART IV
Item 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS
ON FORM 8-K............................................................................35
SIGNATURES.............................................................................39
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS THAT ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, AND ESTIMATES MADE BY AND
INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO, DSP GROUP'S MANAGEMENT. THESE STATEMENTS
ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THOSE DISCUSSED HERE. FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE OR
CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THOSE
DISCUSSED BELOW IN "FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS" AND
ELSEWHERE IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K.
THE TERMS "DSP GROUP," "WE," "OUR" AND "US" AS USED IN THIS ANNUAL
REPORT ON FORM 10-K REFER TO "DSP GROUP, INC." AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AS A
COMBINED ENTITY, EXCEPT WHERE IT IS MADE CLEAR THAT THE TERM ONLY MEANS THE
PARENT COMPANY. IN ADDITION, THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K INCLUDES
TRADEMARKS AND REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF DSP GROUP. PRODUCTS OR SERVICE NAMES
OF OTHER COMPANIES MENTIONED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K MAY BE
TRADEMARKS OR REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OWNERS.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
GENERAL BUSINESS
DSP Group develops and markets products and technologies that perform
digital signal processing--the electronic manipulation of digitized speech
and other digital signals. DSP Group's products are used in a wide variety
of telephony and other communications devices to enhance the functionality of
these devices.
Digital speech technology provides several advantages over analog speech
technology, including higher levels of speech compression and greater ability
to process and manipulate data. In addition, digital speech products that
use programmable digital signal processors can be developed faster than
analog speech products, which require dedicated analog hardware. As a
result, digital speech technology is widely incorporated today in telephone
answering devices ("TADs") and many other types of telephony and
communications products. Digital speech technology also enables a new
generation of products to transmit live speech over data networks and perform
audio and video conferencing over standard telephone lines.
Our work in the field of digital speech and digital signal processing
has yielded three synergistic product families:
- Speech and telephony processors--integrated circuit devices that
-------------------------------
process digitized speech and other digital signals.
- DSP cores--proprietary architectures for central processing units
---------
that, when combined with other circuits such as memory and
input/output circuits, form a complete circuit design for speech and
telephony processors.
- TrueSpeech-Registered Trademark---a family of proprietary speech
-------------------------------
compression algorithms.
In addition, DSP Group entered the cordless telephony business in the first
quarter of 1999 by acquiring two integrated groups of engineers who
specialize in the design of integrated circuits for wireless communication
and by acquiring technology, products and intellectual property related to
certain wireless communications products.
SPEECH AND TELEPHONY PROCESSORS
DSP Group has developed two lines of speech and telephony processing
chips: integrated digital TAD speech processors, which are designed for use
in the consumer telephone market, and Voice over IP speech co-processors,
which are designed for use in network telephony and video conferencing
products.
3
<PAGE>
Both product lines are based upon our DSP core designs and incorporate our
TrueSpeech speech compression algorithms.
INTEGRATED DIGITAL TAD SPEECH PROCESSORS
DSP Group's integrated digital TAD speech processors are currently
incorporated in over 90 models of digital TADs from more than 40 different
companies. These models include standalone digital TADs and integrated
digital TADs, as well as facsimile machines, standalone speaker phones,
hand-held devices and digital cordless telephones that contain digital TADs.
Our digital TAD speech processors are based on our
PineDSPCore-Registered Trademark-, which is more fully described below. Our
digital TAD speech processors use our TrueSpeech speech compression
technology to provide high quality speech recording and playback. They
incorporate the following speech and telephony technologies in various
combinations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TECHNOLOGY DESCRIPTION
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Triple Rate Coder-TM- Instructs the telephone answering system to decide automatically
between better voice quality and longer recording time.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G.723.1 Provides speech compression for Voice over IP and video conferencing
over standard telephone lines.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Caller ID and Call Waiting Identifies to the party being called the telephone number of the
Caller ID calling party, whether or not the party being called is already
engaged in another call.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Call Progress Tone Detection Detects standard telephony signals during the progress of a telephone
call.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DTMF Signaling Detects and generates touch tone (DTMF) signals that comply with
telephone industry frequency standards.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Full Duplex SpeakerPhone-TM- Allows simultaneous two-way (full-duplex), hands-free operation of the
telephone and suppresses and cancels acoustic and electrical echoes.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Speech Prompts Provides the ability to stamp a message with a time and date and vocal
operating instructions prompts.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Variable Speed Playback Permits playback of recorded speech at different speeds without
(FlexiSpeech-Registered Trademark-) distorting the natural sound of the speech.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Voice Operated Switch ("VOX") Detects human speech and stops recording during periods of silence,
(Smart-Vox-Registered Trademark-) thereby conserving available memory.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alpha Least Cost Routing Automatically chooses from a number of telephone service providers in
("LCR")/Super LCR order to select the lowest available rates.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Voice Recognition Allows a user to operate a telephone or answering machine device by
giving voice commands.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The first integrated digital TAD speech processors were introduced by
DSP Group in 1989. Since then, we have shipped approximately 33 million
units of speech processors to digital TAD suppliers, of which approximately
10.3 million were shipped in 1998. Digital TAD speech processor sales
accounted for 72% of our total revenues in 1998.
4
<PAGE>
In 1998, we introduced the D16000 family of highly integrated speech
processors, which combine the components of a mixed signal system on a single
chip. Each speech processor in the D16000 family contains a DSP core,
converters that transform analog signals into digital signals and vice versa,
and various signal amplifiers, all embedded on a single chip. In addition to
implementing DSP algorithms, including compression, caller ID and speaker
phone, these speech processors also perform tasks that would typically be
handled by a separate microprocessor chip. We believe that the D16000
processors provide high value to telephony product vendors by eliminating the
need for certain other electronic components and thus reducing materials and
manufacturing costs.
We also introduced in 1998 the D6587 speech processor, which
incorporates into one chip three major digital signal processing
technologies: (1) the Triple Rate Coder, (2) voice recognition, and (3) Full
Duplex SpeakerPhone. The D6587 can be used in telephones and hands-free car
kits for mobile phones to provide voice dialing, digital recording and
hands-free conversation.
In 1997, we developed an advanced speech compression technology called
the Triple Rate Coder. Speech processors containing the Triple Rate Coder
can record speech at three different compression rates, allowing for a
tradeoff between recording quality and recording time: the higher the
compression rate is, the higher the recording quality and the shorter the
recording time will be. The three compression rates are as follows:
- Long recording time -- at this rate, 22 to 25 minutes of speech can
be recorded on a four megabit flash memory device.
- High quality recording -- at this rate, approximately 10 minutes of
speech can be recorded on a four megabit flash memory device. Speech
quality is at its highest equaling that of a wired telephone
conversation, overcoming the inferior clarity disadvantage of digital
speech.
- Trade-off between long recording time and high quality recording --
at this rate, approximately 15 minutes of speech can be recorded on a
four megabit flash memory device. Speech quality matches that
provided by G.723.1, the speech compression algorithm contained in
the International Telecommunications Union H.324 standard for video
conferencing over standard telephone lines.
The following table sets forth certain characteristics and features of
the primary digital TAD speech processors that we currently offer:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DSP GROUP'S TAD SPEECH PROCESSORS
D16559 D16529 D16329 D6571 D6587 D6471
------ ------ ------ ----- ----- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Process Geometry (microns).............. 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Minutes Record, 4 Mbit Memory........... 22-25, 22-25, 15-17 22-25, 22-25, 25-27
10,15 10,15 10,15 10,15
Memory Type............................. Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash Flash
Advanced Features:
Speech Prompts........................ Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Variable Speed Playback............... Yes Yes -- Yes Yes Yes
Full Duplex Speakerphone.............. Yes -- -- Yes Yes Yes
Caller ID and Call Waiting Caller ID Yes Yes -- Yes Yes Yes
Voice Recognition -- -- -- -- Yes --
System On Chip-included peripherals:
Microcontroller....................... Yes Yes Yes -- -- --
Line Coder ........................... Yes Yes Yes -- -- --
Speaker Coder......................... Yes -- -- -- -- --
Amplifiers............................ Yes Yes Yes -- -- --
</TABLE>
5
<PAGE>
The following is a list of TAD manufacturers and resellers whose products
incorporate our TAD speech processors:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TAD MANUFACTURERS AND RESELLERS
TAD MANUFACTURERS TAD RESELLERS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Alcatel Maxon Bell South
Ascom Panasonic Bosch Telecom
CCT Telecom Philips British Telecom
Daewoo Sagem France Telecom
D&B Electronics Samsung GE
Ericsson Sanyo German Telecom
Giant Siemens Loewe-Binatone
HPF Ascom Smoothline Southwestern Bell
I.N.T. Corp. Sony Swiss Telecom
Kinpo Thomson
L.G. Electronics Tiptel
Matra Uniden
</TABLE>
VOICE OVER IP SPEECH CO-PROCESSORS
Our Voice over IP speech co-processors were developed for use in
conjunction with other microprocessors to transmit voice over public and
private networks such as the Internet, frame relay networks, cable networks
and other data networks and combined data/voice networks. "Voice over IP"
refers to the transmission of voice signals over networks using the Internet
Protocol (IP), which involves dividing the signals into numerous small data
packets that are individually transmitted over the network and reassembled in
the correct order at their destination. They also can be used to implement
the speech component of video conferencing applications.
These speech co-processors take advantage of G.723.1, a speech
compression algorithm that has been incorporated into various international
communications standards, which is more fully discussed below, to provide
cost-effective, high quality speech compression. The following table sets
forth other features of the Voice over IP speech co-processors that we
currently offer:
6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DSP GROUP'S VOICE OVER IP SPEECH CO-PROCESSORS
CT8016 CT8020 CT8021
-------------- -------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
DSP Core Design............................. PineDSPCore OakDSPCore OakDSPCore
Process Geometry (microns).................. 0.5 0.6 0.5
TrueSpeech Algorithm........................ 8.5, 6.3, 5.3, 8.5, 6.3, 5.3, 8.5, 6.3, 5.3,
Data Rate, Kilobits Per Second.............. 4.8 & 4.1 4.8 & 4.1 4.8 & 4.1
ITU-T Standard Speech Coders................ G.729A+B G.723.1 G.723.1, G.722,
G.728, G.729A+B
Features:
Full Duplex Speakerphone................... Yes Yes Yes
Variable Speed Message Playback............ Yes -- Yes
Full Duplex DSVD........................... Yes Yes Yes
Video Conferencing......................... -- Yes Yes
Internet Telephony......................... Yes Yes Yes
</TABLE>
FUTURE SPEECH AND TELEPHONY PROCESSORS
We are currently developing our next generation of integrated digital
TAD speech processors and Voice over IP speech co-processors to include a
number of enhancements and improvements.
First, we intend to design and manufacture our future digital TAD speech
processors using a 0.35 micron CMOS technology, so that the conductive paths
on the circuits inside these chips will be 0.35 microns wide. By reducing
these line widths we can place more transistors in the same amount of space
and as a result provide more power at the same cost. We expect that this
design will increase our competitiveness in the price-sensitive TAD business.
Second, we intend to add new features to our next generation of digital
TAD speech processors and Voice over IP speech co-processors. For example,
we intend to enhance our integrated digital TAD speech processors with
additional capabilities, including improved speech quality, full duplex
speakerphone, advanced voice recognition and text to speech algorithms and
our integrated 900 MHz spread spectrum processor. In addition, we intend to
use the TeakLite-TM-DSP core, which is more powerful than our PineDSPCore and
OakDSPCore-Registered Trademark-, to provide additional processing power for
these new features.
Finally, we intend to continue to develop new speech and telephony
processors for emerging communications applications. We also intend to use
our high performance, dual MAC DSP TeakLite core for Voice over IP gateway
applications.
DSP CORES
DSP Group has developed proprietary, DSP core designs that provide
low-power, cost-effective solutions for current and emerging digital signal
processing applications. Our DSP cores are incorporated in our own family of
speech and telephony processors and also are licensed to more than 30
entities, including Adaptec, Fujitsu, Kawasaki, LSI Logic, NEC, Oki, Samsung
Semi conductor, Inc., Seiko Epson, Siemens, Sony, Temic and VLSI Technology.
We currently offer four DSP cores--PineDSPCore, OakDSPCore,
TeakDSPCore-TM-and PalmDSPCore.-TM- Together, they cover a wide range of
applications, from low end applications, including digital TADs, hard disk
controllers, low speed modems and Voice over IP applications, to high
7
<PAGE>
performance applications such as digital subscriber line (DSL), third
generation cellular communications, high speed modems, multimedia and
Internet gateways.
Digital signal processing chips and software are being used more and
more in high volume communication and computing products. We believe that
our cores can provide cost-effective DSP solutions for chips used in these
applications, because our cores are:
- Flexible. The DSP core designs are "soft core" designs, so they are
--------
foundry independent and can be implemented on any of the various
manufacturing processes used by different semiconductor fabrication
facilities. The cores can also be produced by manufacturers in
different geometries. Furthermore, universal design rules are used
in the DSP core designs to allow easy implementation across multiple
semiconductor process technologies.
- Efficient to design. The designs of our cores are highly efficient,
-------------------
with variable data size of 16/20/24 bits, general purpose DSPs with
adjacent modular RAM and ROM and general I/O blocks to provide for a
flexible layout and design.
- Power efficient. Our cores operate at different voltages, ranging
---------------
from 5 volts down to 1.1 volts. The lower the voltage, the lower the
power requirements.
- Inexpensive to manufacture. The DSP cores, which in the past could
--------------------------
only be used on processors designed for a 1.0 micron CMOS process,
can now be implemented on 0.25 and 0.18 micron processes. We believe
these size reductions in manufacturing can reduce the product cost,
while increasing product performance.
The efficient processing, flexible design and scaleable memories of our
DSP core designs allow for the development of smaller and lower cost DSP
solutions and shorten the time to market for new products and product
enhancements.
With each new core, we have added features and enhanced performance.
Our first core, the PineDSPCore, was released in 1992 and was developed for
use in our digital TAD speech processor products. In 1994, we introduced our
OakDSPCore, an enhanced version of the PineDSPCore that, among other things,
achieves a higher processing speed through improved architecture and includes
an advanced, more efficient instruction set. The OakDSPCore is especially
well-suited for use in personal communication products and higher level
processing applications, such as digital cellular telephones, high bit rate
modems, video telephone conferencing applications and DSVD modems, which send
compressed voice and data signals at the same time over a regular telephone
line. Algorithms that use the PineDSPCore instruction set can also be run on
the OakDSPCore.
In 1998, we introduced the TeakDSPCore, the next generation DSP core.
The TeakDSPCore is a family of two low power, cost effective cores: the
TeakLite and the Teak. These cores contain two arithmetic units functioning
in parallel, which improve the performance of a notable portion of the
application that requires DSP technology. The TeakDSPCore is aimed at
emerging applications in the digital cellular communications, including
products implementing the Global System for Mobile communications (GSM),
half-rate GSM, Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) and Code Division
Multiple Access (CDMA) standards. We also have targeted this core for use in
advanced wired line modems, including those using the V.90 standard, products
implementing emerging digital audio standards and formats such as AC3 and
MPEG2, and Voice over IP and telecommunications products.
In 1998, we also introduced our new high performance PalmDSPCore, a
family of three cores designed to cover a wide range of high performance
applications, including third generation cellular communications,
asynchronous digital subscriber lines (ADSL), high performance multimedia
applications, cable modems, pooled modems and Internet gateways.
8
<PAGE>
The following table shows a comparison of our DSP core designs:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DSP GROUP'S DSP CORE DESIGNS
PineDSPCore OakDSPCore TeakDSPCore PalmDSPCore
----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Word Length ......................... 16 bit 16bit 16bit 16/20/24 bit
Process Geometry (microns)........... 0.5 0.35 0.25 0.2
Performance ......................... 40 MIPS 65MIPS 140-180 MIPS 450 MIPS
Voltage ............................. 5.0 V 3.3V 2.5V 2.5V
Advanced Instruction Set............. -- Yes Yes Yes
</TABLE>
In addition to incorporating our DSP core designs in our speech and
telephony processors, we also license them to third parties, together with
advanced software tools, so that these licensees can incorporate our DSP core
designs into their semiconductor chip products. These licenses are generally
granted in exchange for an upfront license fee payment. This fee is
generally recognized by us upon shipment of the deliverables for the core,
provided that no significant vendor or post-contract support obligations
remain outstanding and that collection of the resulting receivable is deemed
probable. The licensees also pay a monthly support fee, which is typically
paid for a period of one or two years, and ongoing per-unit royalties based
on the number of units of products containing the core that are shipped by
the licensee. The timing and amount of royalties that DSP receives from its
core licensees depend on the timing of each licensee's product development
and the degree of market acceptance of each licensee's products, neither of
which are within our control. In 1998, royalties paid by four PineDSPCore and
OakDSPCore licensees for shipment of products utilizing these cores increased
from the previous year.
The following is a partial list of companies who have licensed our DSP
core designs and representative applications for which they use our DSP core
designs:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DSP CORE DESIGN LICENSES
LICENSEES REPRESENTATIVE APPLICATIONS
- -------------------- -----------------------------------------
<S> <C>
Adaptec Disk Drives
Atmel ASIC, Communications
DSP Communications Digital Cellular Telephones
Fujitsu ASIC, ADSL, Communications
Harris Semiconductor Communications and Multimedia
Hyundai ASIC, Audio, Communications
Kawasaki ASIC, Communications
Kenwood Audio Products
LSI Logic ASIC, Communications, DAB
Mitel ASIC, Communications
National Semiconductors Communications
NEC ASIC, Communications
Oki Communications
ROHM ASIC, Communications
Samsung ASIC, Communications and Multimedia
Seiko-Epson ASIC, Communications
Siemens Communications
Sony Communications
9
<PAGE>
TDK Semiconductor Modems
TEMIC DAB, Communications
TSMC ASIC Library
VLSI Technology ASIC, Communications
Xemics Low Voltage applications
Xicor Programmable DSP
</TABLE>
In order to assist existing licensees of the PineDSPCore and OakDSPCore,
and to enhance the attractiveness of these cores to potential licensees, we
have entered into agreements with leading developers of semiconductor design
and simulation software, including Cadence, Mentor Graphics and Synopsys.
These companies have adapted certain of their software applications to
support our PineDSPCore and OakDSPCore, enabling such software to be used to
design and simulate semiconductor products containing these cores. In
addition, a number of independent software vendors, including VoCal
Technologies, Prairiecomm, and Ensigma, have developed digital signal
processing algorithms that operate on our PineDSPCore and OakDSPCore for a
variety of communications and multimedia applications. We believe that these
developments make our DSP core designs more attractive to potential
licensees. In addition, we believe that these software tools help to
establish our PineDSPCore and the OakDSPCore as industry standards.
In 1998, XEMICS, a Swiss company and a leading manufacturer of low
voltage medical devices such as hearing aids and pace makers, announced that
it would license and implement TeakLite on a very low voltage library
instruction set. Together with Xemics, we offer a design kit for low voltage
applications (1.2V), by which potential licensees will license the TeakLite
technology from DSP Group and the low voltage library from Xemics.
TRUESPEECH PRODUCTS
TrueSpeech is a family of high-quality, cost-effective speech
compression technologies based on complex mathematical algorithms that are
derived from the way airflow from the lungs is shaped by the throat, mouth
and tongue during speech. This shaping of bursts of air is what the ear
interprets as speech. TrueSpeech converts this speech into digital data and
then selectively eliminates and enhances certain sound data to replicate
human speech.
Originally developed for consumer telephone applications, we also have
enhanced TrueSpeech for use in the computer telephony, personal computer and
Voice over IP markets. We incorporate our TrueSpeech technology in our
speech and telephony processors and also license TrueSpeech to computer
telephony, personal computer and Voice over IP companies for inclusion in
their products.
Our TrueSpeech technology has become one of the leading digital speech
compression solutions in several markets. In the personal computer market,
Microsoft has incorporated a TrueSpeech algorithm in Windows 95, Windows 98
and NT. In the audio and video telephone conferencing markets, TrueSpeech
algorithms are used extensively, having been adopted by various international
standards-setting organizations. In February 1995, the International
Telecommunications Union established its G.723.1 standard for low bit rate
speech compression, which incorporates the TrueSpeech 6.3 and 5.3 algorithms.
In March 1997, the International Multimedia Teleconferencing Consortium, a
nonprofit industry group, recommended the G.723.1 standard as a default low
bit rate audio compression technology for all voice transmissions over the
Internet and for conferencing products conforming the International
Telecommunication Union's H.323 standard for packet-based multimedia
communications systems. G.723.1 is also part of the International
Telecommunication Union's H.324 standard for video conferencing over standard
telephone lines. Since its adoption and endorsement by the International
Telecommunications Union and the International Multimedia Teleconferencing
Consortium, the G.723.1 standard has gained considerable momentum in the
video and audio conferencing industry.
10
<PAGE>
We believe that the principal advantages of TrueSpeech, as compared with
other currently available digital speech compression technologies, are as
follows:
- High Compression Ratio. The three versions of TrueSpeech currently
----------------------
offered by DSP Group compress digital speech at ratios ranging from
15:1 to 26:1. These compression ratios are between seven and twelve
times greater than the compression provided by Pulse Code Modulation
("PCM"), which is used in current generation telephone speech
transmissions, and four to six times greater than the compression
provided by Adaptive Differential PCM ("ADPCM"), which is currently
used in personal computer audio cards. As a result, a standard 1.4
megabyte floppy diskette can hold approximately 37 minutes of speech
using the most advanced version of TrueSpeech commercially available,
compared to approximately three minutes using PCM and six minutes
using ADPCM. Our competitors have introduced other advanced speech
algorithms that offer compression ratios comparable to the most
advanced TrueSpeech algorithms, and several had submitted these
algorithms to the ITU standards committee for evaluation for video
telephones. However, the ITU testing showed that TrueSpeech provides
superior quality playback and requires lower computational complexity
than these competing algorithms.
- High Quality Speech. Another advantage of TrueSpeech is that it
-------------------
reproduces high quality speech playback with minimum distortion by
selectively eliminating nonessential and background sound data without
significant loss of speech quality. TrueSpeech has received high
scores for speech quality from a number of independent evaluators.
For example, TrueSpeech scored the highest on the ITU's intricately
structured test used to numerically rate the quality of the five
competing speech compression algorithms submitted for adoption as the
G.723.1 standard for video telephones. In independently conducted
tests performed by Dynastat, Inc., a company specializing in the
performance evaluation of voice communication systems, TrueSpeech 6.3
received a Mean Opinion Score of 3.98, while regular telephone quality
is based upon a Mean Opinion Score of 4.0.
- Cost Effectiveness. TrueSpeech's ability to achieve high speech
------------------
compression with lower computational complexity provides it with a
competitive cost advantage. As an example, competing speech
compression algorithms evaluated by the ITU use 20% to 50% more
computing power for the same compression and transmission rates, and
more memory for storage and operation. Consequently, competing speech
compression algorithms require larger, more expensive DSPs and result
in higher cost solutions.
Our TrueSpeech licensees include, among others, 8x8, Analog Devices,
Cirrus Logic, Creative Labs, Dialogic, IBM, Intel, Microsoft, Philips,
Siemens, Smith Micro, Texas Instruments, Unisys, US Robotics, Winbond and
White Pine Software. In addition, we have ported our TrueSpeech algorithms to
certain DSP platforms offered by Analog Devices, Motorola and Texas
Instruments, three leading merchant vendors of programmable DSP chips. To
date, our royalties from TrueSpeech licenses contribute modestly to our
overall revenues.
CORDLESS TELEPHONY
In the beginning of 1999, DSP Group acquired two integrated groups of
engineers, one located in Israel and the other in the United States. These
twenty-five engineers specialize in the design of integrated circuits for
wireless communication. In addition, we acquired technology and products,
including associated intellectual property, related to 900 Megahertz
narrow-band cordless telephones (the transmissions between the handset and
base unit of such telephones are at or near a frequency of 900 megahertz) and
900 Megahertz spread spectrum cordless telephones (the transmissions between
the handset and base unit of such telephones are "spread" in a pseudrandom
pattern over a range of frequencies).
11
<PAGE>
We intend to sell a cordless telephony solution consisting of two chips
- --a baseband chip and an RF chip -- that will allow telephone vendors to
build 900 megahertz cordless telephones with limited technical understanding,
shortening the time it takes for the product to reach the market. We believe
our recent acquisitions also will assist us in developing 2.4 gigahertz
cordless telephones. In addition, we believe that the cordless telephony
business will be synergistic with our existing digital signal processing
business.
SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
We market and distribute our products through our direct sales and
marketing organization, consisting of 27 employees, as well as through a
network of distributors and independent manufacturers' representatives. A
marketing and sales team located in our headquarters in Santa Clara,
California and in Israel pursues business with our customers in North America
and closely monitors new markets, trends and customer needs to shape our
strategic decisions. In Japan, we operate from a marketing and support
office in Tokyo and through Tomen Electronics, a local distributor. In the
rest of Asia, we operate through sales representatives in Hong Kong,
Singapore, South Korea and Taiwan. To handle sales and distribution in
Europe, we operate a marketing and support office located in France and have
sales representatives in Denmark, Israel, Germany, Spain, Sweden and the
United Kingdom. Our sales representatives and distributors are not subject
to minimum purchase requirements and can cease marketing our products at any
time. The loss of one or more representatives or their failure to renew
agreements with us upon expiration could have an adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
In 1998, 1997 and 1996 sales to Tomen Electronics comprised 45%, 33% and
17%, respectively, of total revenues. In 1996, sales to Samsung comprised
11% of total revenues.
Export sales accounted for 95%, 92% and 91% of our total revenues in
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Due to our export sales, we are subject
to the risks of conducting business internationally, including unexpected
changes in regulatory requirements, fluctuations in exchange rates that could
increase the price of our products in foreign markets, delays resulting from
difficulty in obtaining export licenses for certain technology, tariffs,
other barriers and restrictions and the burden of complying with a variety of
foreign laws. All of our export sales are denominated in United States
dollars. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of our
Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998, for a
summary of our operations within various geographic areas.
MANUFACTURING AND DESIGN METHODOLOGY
Since our products are based on our proprietary DSP core designs, which
are not dependent upon a particular foundry's library cells, these products
can be manufactured at a number of independent foundries. Accordingly, all
of our manufacturing occurs at independent foundries. We contract
fabrication services for speech and telephony processors from Taiwan
Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Tower Semiconductor and Samsung. Under
non-exclusive agreements, these independent foundries normally provide us
with finished, packaged and tested speech processors at variable prices
depending on the volume of units purchased. We customarily pay for
fully-tested products meeting predetermined specifications. To ensure the
integrity of quality assurance procedures, we develop detailed testing
procedures and specifications for each product and require each foundry to
use these procedures and specifications before shipping us finished products.
We intend to continue to use independent foundries to manufacture
digital speech processors and other products for the consumer telephone and
computer telephony markets. To obtain an adequate supply of wafers, we are
considering various alternative production sites. Our reliance on
independent foundries involves a number of risks, including the foundries'
achievement of acceptable manufacturing yields and allocation of capacity to
us.
12
<PAGE>
In addition to our speech processors, digital TADs include various other
components such as analog random access memory circuits (ARAMs), coders and
flash memories that are supplied by third party manufacturers. Temporary
fluctuations in the pricing and availability of these components could have a
material adverse effect on sales of our speech processors for digital TADs
and other computer telephony products, which could in turn have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
COMPETITION
The markets in which we operate are extremely competitive and we expect
that competition will increase. In each of our business activities, we face
current and potential competition from competitors that have significantly
greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and
distribution resources and management expertise than we do. Our future
prospects will depend greatly on our ability to successfully develop and
introduce new products that are responsive to market needs. We cannot assure
that we will be able to successfully develop or market any of these products.
The principal competitive factors in the digital TAD speech processor
market include price, speech quality, compression ratio, value-added features
such as variable speed message playback and speakerphone, customer support
and the timing of product introductions by us and our competitors. We
believe that we are competitive with respect to each of these factors.
Currently, the key competitive challenge for digital TADs is the relative
lower cost of analog tape-based machines. We believe that the continuing
decline in prices of digital speech processors and silicon memory devices
will close the cost gap between the analog and digital technology solution.
Our principal competitors in the TAD speech processor market include ISD,
Lucent Microelectronics, Macronix, Toshiba, Siemens and Zilog.
The principal competitive factors in the DSP core designs market for
high volume, low cost applications include such features as small size, low
power, flexible I/O blocks and associated development tools. Our DSP core
designs compete with companies such as Analog Devices, Atmel, Clarkspur
Designs, SGS Thompson and Siemens, which license DSP platforms, and Analog
Devices, Lucent Microelectronics, Motorola, and Texas Instruments, which sell
their own complete general purpose DSP solutions.
Several digital speech compression technologies exist and are currently
being developed that may be promoted by competitors as industry standards for
the computer telephony and personal computer markets. Our TrueSpeech
algorithms compete with ADPCM, and the speech compression technologies used
in GSM and VSELP protocols, each of which is available in the public domain.
There are many versions of these algorithms that have been developed by
different parties, including AT&T, which has been actively involved in the
development of GSM protocols, and Motorola, which developed the original
VSELP protocols. Although TrueSpeech has achieved a degree of acceptance in
the computer telephony and personal computer markets, ADPCM and the speech
compression technologies for GSM and VSELP protocols are widely used in the
development and implementation of new products in the telephony industry. In
addition, other advanced speech compression algorithms have been introduced
by competitors that offer compression ratios comparable to the TrueSpeech
algorithms, including a competing algorithm sponsored by the University of
Sherbrooke that the ITU standards committee has adopted as the speech
compression standard for DSVD modems. Large companies, such as AT&T,
Creative Labs, Motorola and Rockwell, have speech processing technologies
that can be applied to speech compression for use in the same markets for
which our products are targeted.
Price competition in the markets in which we currently compete and
propose to compete is intense and may increase, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience
increased competitive pricing pressures for our digital TAD speech
processors. During 1998, we were able to completely offset this decrease on
an annual basis through manufacturing cost reductions. However, we cannot
assure that we will be able to further reduce product costs, or be able to
compete successfully as to price or any other of the key competitive factors.
13
<PAGE>
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
We believe that continued timely development and introduction of new
products is essential to maintain our competitive position. We currently
conduct most of our product development effort in-house and at December 31,
1998 had a staff of 66 research and development personnel located in Israel.
We also employ independent contractors to assist with certain product
development and testing activities. We spent approximately $10.2 million in
1998, $8.4 million in 1997 and $8.5 million in 1996 on research and
development activities.
RELATIONSHIPS WITH AFFILIATED COMPANIES
We have a $1.8 million equity investment in, and have entered into
technology arrangements with, AudioCodes Ltd. ("AudioCodes"), an Israeli
corporation primarily engaged in design, development, manufacturing and
marketing of hardware and software products that enable simultaneous
transmission of voice and data over networks such as Internet, ATM and Frame
Relay. We currently own 29% of the capital stock of AudioCodes, a company
formed in April 1993 by two of our former employees. Pursuant to an
agreement between DSP Group and AudioCodes, DSP Group and AudioCodes have
joint ownership of any speech compression technology developed by AudioCodes.
We have established this relationship to complement our in-house product
development efforts.
In July 1996, we invested $2.0 million of cash for approximately 40% of
the equity interest in Aptel Ltd. ("Aptel"), an Israeli company. In
connection with the investment, we incurred a one-time write-off of acquired
in-process technology of $1.5 million. In October 1997, we invested
approximately $176,000 in convertible debentures issued by Aptel. In
December 1997, we converted our debentures and Aptel's shareholders,
including DSP Group, exchanged their shares in Aptel for common shares in
Nexus Telecommunications Systems Ltd. ("Nexus"), an Israeli company
registered and traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market. In April 1998, we sold
all of our Nexus shares in a private transaction and realized a pre-tax one
time gain on marketable equity securities of approximately $1.1 million.
This one time gain is included under "Other income (expenses)" in our
consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 1998.
LICENSES, PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
We have been granted seven United States patents, one Canadian patent
and one Israeli patent, and have seven patents pending in the United States,
two patents pending in Japan, two patents pending in Israel and one patent
pending in Europe. We actively pursue foreign patent protection in other
countries of interest to us. Our policy is to apply for patents or for other
appropriate statutory protection when we develop valuable new or improved
technology. The status of patents involves complex legal and factual
questions, and the breadth of claims allowed is uncertain. Accordingly, we
cannot assure that any patent application filed by us will result in a patent
being issued, or that our patents, and any patents that may be issued in the
future, will afford adequate protection against competitors with similar
technology; nor can we provide assurance that patents issued to us will not
be infringed or designed around by others. In addition, the laws of certain
countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or
sold, including Hong Kong, Japan and Taiwan, may not protect our products and
intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United
States.
We attempt to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary
information through agreements with our customers, suppliers, employees and
consultants, and through other security measures. Although we intend to
protect our rights vigorously, we cannot provide assurance that these
measures will be successful.
The semiconductor and software industries are subject to frequent
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. While we
have not been involved in any material patent or other intellectual property
rights litigation to date, we cannot provide assurance that third parties
will not assert claims against us with respect to existing or future products
or that we will not need to assert claims against
14
<PAGE>
third parties to protect our proprietary technology. For example, AT&T has
asserted that G.723.1, which is primarily composed of a TrueSpeech algorithm,
includes certain elements covered by patents held by AT&T and has requested
that video conferencing equipment manufacturers license this technology from
AT&T. If litigation becomes necessary to determine the validity of any third
party claims or to protect our proprietary technology, it could result in
significant expense to us and could divert the efforts of our technical and
management personnel, whether or not the litigation is determined in our
favor. In the event of an adverse result in any litigation, we could be
required to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology
or to obtain licenses to the technology that is the subject of the
litigation. We cannot provide assurance that we would be successful in
developing non-infringing technology or that any licenses would be available
on commercially reasonable terms.
We have been issued registered trademarks for the use of the
PineDSPCore, OakDSPCore, TeakDSPCore, OCEM-Registered Trademark- and
TrueSpeech trademarks. In addition, we applied for trademarks for Full Duplex
SpeakerPhone, TeakLite, Triple Rate Coder, and PalmDSPCore.
While our ability to compete may be affected by our ability to protect
our intellectual property, we believe that, because of the rapid pace of
technological change in the industry, our technical expertise and ability to
innovate on a timely basis will be more important in maintaining our
competitive position than protection of our intellectual property. We
believe that, because of the rapid pace of technological change in the
consumer telephone, computer telephony and personal computer industries,
patents and trade secret protection are important but must be supported by
other factors such as the expanding knowledge, ability and experience of our
personnel, new product introductions and frequent product enhancements.
Although we continue to implement protective measures and intend to defend
our intellectual property rights, we cannot provide assurance that these
measures will be successful.
BACKLOG
At December 31, 1998, our backlog was approximately $8.7 million
compared with approximately $16.8 million at December 31, 1997. We include
in our backlog all accepted product purchase orders with respect to which a
delivery schedule has been specified for product shipment within one year and
fees specified in executed licensing contracts. Our business in digital TAD
speech processors is characterized by short-term order and shipment
schedules. Product orders in our current backlog are subject to changes in
delivery schedules or to cancellation at the option of the purchaser without
significant penalty. Accordingly, although useful for scheduling production,
backlog as of any particular date may not be a reliable measure of our sales
for any future period.
EMPLOYEES
At December 31, 1998, we had 120 employees, including 66 in research and
development, 27 in marketing and sales and 27 in corporate and administration
and manufacturing coordination. Competition for personnel in the
semiconductor, software and personal computer industries in general is
intense. We believe that our future prospects will depend, in part, on our
ability to continue to attract and retain highly-skilled technical, marketing
and management personnel, who are in great demand. In particular, there is a
limited supply of highly-qualified engineers with digital signal processing
experience. None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining
agreement, nor have we ever experienced any work stoppage. We believe that
our employee relations are good.
15
<PAGE>
FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS
OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY
We experience, and will continue to experience, significant fluctuations
in sales and operating results from quarter to quarter. Our quarterly results
fluctuate due to a number of factors:
- fluctuations in volume and timing of product orders;
- timing of recognition of license fees;
- level of per unit royalties;
- changes in demand for our products due to seasonal customer buying
patterns and other factors;
- timing of new product introductions by us or our customers, licensees
or competitors;
- changes in the mix of products sold by us;
- fluctuations in the level of sales by OEMs and other vendors of
products incorporating our products; and
- general economic conditions, including the changing economic
conditions in Asia.
Each of the above factors is difficult to forecast and thus could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Through 1999, we expect that revenues from our DSP core designs and
TrueSpeech algorithms will be derived primarily from license fees rather than
per unit royalties. The uncertain timing of these license fees has caused,
and may continue to cause, quarterly fluctuations in our operating results.
Our per unit royalties from licenses are totally dependent upon the success
of our third party licensees in introducing products utilizing our technology
and the success of those third party products in the marketplace. Per unit
royalties from TrueSpeech licensees have not been significant to date.
In addition, in the fourth quarter of 1998 and in the first quarter of
1999, we experienced a sharp decrease in product revenues as a result of the
phasing out of an old line of digital TAD products, while shipments from a
new product line are expected to begin in the second quarter of 1999.
OUR AVERAGE SELLING PRICES CONTINUE TO DECLINE
We have experienced a decrease in the average selling prices of our
digital TAD speech processors, but have to date been able to offset this
decrease on an annual basis through manufacturing cost reductions and the
introduction of new products with higher performance. However, we cannot
guarantee that our on-going efforts will be successful or that they will keep
pace with the anticipated, continuing decline in average selling prices.
WE DEPEND ON THE DIGITAL TAD MARKET WHICH IS HIGHLY COMPETITIVE
Sales of digital TAD products comprise a substantial portion of our
product sales. Any adverse change in the digital TAD market or in our
ability to compete and maintain our position in that market would have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations. The digital TAD market and the markets for our products in
general are extremely competitive and we expect that competition will only
increase. Our existing and potential competitors in each of our markets
include large and emerging domestic and foreign companies, many of which have
significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sale
and distribution resources and management expertise than we do. It is
possible that we may one day be unable to respond to increased price
competition for TAD speech processors or other products through the
introduction of new products or reductions of manufacturing costs. This
inability would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Likewise, any significant delays by us
in developing, manufacturing or shipping new or
16
<PAGE>
enhanced products would also have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
WE DEPEND ON REVENUES FROM A CURRENTLY UNSTABLE ASIAN MARKET
In 1997, we generated approximately $19.9 million, or 39% of our total
product sales, from sales to customers located in South Korea, Taiwan,
Singapore and Hong Kong. However, in 1998, due to economic problems in some
of these countries, most notably South Korea and Singapore, our product sales
in this region decreased to $10.9 million, or 22% of our total product sales.
The decline in sales from Southeast Asia countries resulted in a decrease in
our backlog, but was partially offset by increased orders from Japan. If
this negative economic trend in the Asian markets continues, it may result in
a further decrease of our backlog in 1999. We cannot provide assurance that
continued negative economic development in Asia will not have a material
adverse effect on our future operating performance.
WE DEPEND ON INDEPENDENT FOUNDRIES TO MANUFACTURE OUR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
PRODUCTS
All of our integrated circuit products are manufactured by independent
foundries. While these foundries have been able to adequately meet the
demands of our increasing business, we are and will continue to be dependent
upon these foundries to achieve acceptable manufacturing yields, quality
levels and costs, and to allocate to us a sufficient portion of foundry
capacity to meet our needs in a timely manner. To meet our increased wafer
requirements, we have added additional independent foundries to manufacture
our digital TAD speech processors. Our revenues could be materially and
adversely affected should any of these foundries fail to meet our request for
products due to a shortage of production capacity, process difficulties, low
yield rates or financial instability.
WE DEPEND ON INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS, PARTICULARLY IN ISRAEL
We are subject to the risks of doing business internationally,
including:
- unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
- fluctuations in the exchange rate for the U.S. dollar;
- imposition of tariffs and other barriers and restrictions;
- burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws;
- political and economic instability; and
- changes in diplomatic and trade relationships.
In particular, our principal research and development facilities are
located in the State of Israel and, as a result, at December 31, 1998, 97 of
our 120 employees were located in Israel, including all 66 of our research
and development personnel. In addition, although DSP Group is incorporated
in Delaware, a majority of our directors and executive officers are residents
of Israel. Therefore, we are directly affected by the political, economic
and military conditions to which Israel is subject.
Moreover, many of our expenses in Israel are paid in Israeli currency
which subjects us to the risks of foreign currency fluctuations and to
economic pressures resulting from Israel's generally high rate of inflation.
The rate of inflation in Israel was 8.6% in 1998 and 7.0% in 1997. While
substantially all of our sales and expenses are denominated in United States
dollars, a portion of our expenses are denominated in Israeli shekels. Our
primary expenses paid in Israeli currency are employee salaries and lease
payments on our Israeli facilities. As a result, an increase in the value of
Israeli currency in comparison to the United States dollar could increase the
cost of technology development, research and development expenses, sales and
marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses. We cannot
provide assurance that currency fluctuations, changes in the rate of
inflation in Israel or any of the other factors mentioned above will not have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
17
<PAGE>
WE DEPEND ON THIRD PARTIES AND THEIR SUPPLIERS TO OBTAIN REQUIRED
COMPLEMENTARY COMPONENTS
Some of the raw materials, components and subassemblies included in the
products manufactured by our third party customers, which also incorporate
our products, are obtained from a limited group of suppliers. Supply
disruptions, shortages or termination of any of these sources could have an
adverse effect on our business and results of operations due to the delay or
discontinuance of orders for our products by customers until the other
necessary components are available.
WE DEPEND UPON THE ADOPTION OF INDUSTRY STANDARDS BASED ON TRUESPEECH
Our prospects are partially dependent upon the establishment of industry
standards for digital speech compression based on TrueSpeech algorithms in
the computer telephony and Voice over IP markets. The continuing development
of industry standards utilizing TrueSpeech algorithms would create an
opportunity for us to develop and market speech co-processors that provide
TrueSpeech solutions and enhance the performance and functionality of
products incorporating these co-processors.
In February 1995, the ITU established G.723.1, which is predominately
composed of a TrueSpeech algorithm, as the standard speech compression
technology for use in video conferencing over public telephone lines. In
March 1997, the International Multimedia Teleconferencing Consortium, a
nonprofit industry group, recommended the use of G.723.1 as the default audio
coder for all voice transmissions over the Internet or for IP applications
for H.323 conferencing products.
THERE ARE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY
DSP Group has pursued, and will continue to pursue, growth opportunities
through internal development and acquisition of complementary businesses,
products and technologies. We are unable to predict whether or when any
prospective acquisition will be completed. The process of integrating an
acquired business may be prolonged due to unforeseen difficulties and may
require a disproportionate amount of our resources and management's
attention. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully
identify suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions, integrate
acquired businesses into our operations or expand into new markets. Once
integrated, acquisitions may not achieve comparable levels of revenues,
profitability or productivity as the existing business of DSP Group or
otherwise perform as expected. The occurrence of any of these events could
harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Additionally, future acquisitions may require substantial capital resources,
which may require us to seek additional debt or equity financing.
PROTECTION OF OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IS LIMITED; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT OF
RIGHTS OF OTHERS
As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we have been and may from
time to time be notified of claims that we may be infringing patents or
intellectual property rights owned by third parties. For example, AT&T has
asserted that G.723.1, which is primarily composed of a TrueSpeech algorithm,
includes certain elements covered by patents held by AT&T, and has requested
that video conferencing manufacturers license the technology from AT&T.
Other organizations including Lucent Microelectronics, NTT and VoiceCraft
have raised public claims that they also have patents related to the G.723.1
technology.
If it appears necessary or desirable, we may try to obtain licenses
under those patents or intellectual property rights that we are allegedly
infringing. Although holders of these types of intellectual property rights
commonly offer these licenses, we cannot assure that licenses will be offered
or that terms of any offered licenses will be acceptable to us. Our failure
to obtain a license for key intellectual property rights from a third party
for technology used by us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and
to suspend the manufacturing of products utilizing the technology. We
believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or
cash flows.
18
<PAGE>
OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY YEAR 2000 READINESS ISSUES
During the next year, many software programs may not recognize calendar
dates beginning in the Year 2000. This problem could force computers or
machines that utilize date dependent software to either shut down or provide
incorrect information. To address this problem, we have examined our
computer and information systems and have contacted our primary processing
vendors, suppliers and other third parties.
Although we believe that our products are Year 2000 compliant,
undetected errors or defects may remain. Disruptions to our business or
unexpected costs may arise because of undetected errors or defects in the
technology used in our products. If we, or any of our key suppliers or
customers, fail to mitigate internal and external Year 2000 risks, we may
temporarily be unable to process transactions, manufacture products, send
invoices or engage in similar normal business activities or we may experience
a decline in sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. See the section
labeled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" in our Annual Report to Stockholders for more
information.
OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE
Announcements of developments related to our business, announcements by
competitors, quarterly fluctuations in our financial results and general
conditions in the highly dynamic industry in which we compete or the national
economies in which we do business, and other factors could cause the price of
our common stock to fluctuate, perhaps substantially. In addition, in recent
years the stock market has experienced extreme price fluctuations, which have
often been unrelated to the operating performance of affected companies.
These factors and fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on the
market price of our common stock.
WE HAVE MADE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
The information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the
other documents referenced herein contains forward-looking statements that
involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can
be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including
"believes," "expects," "may," "will," "should" or "anticipates," or the
negative of these terms or other variations or comparable terminology, or by
discussions of strategy that involve risks and certainties. Numerous
factors, including economic and competitive conditions, timing and volume of
incoming orders, shipment volumes, product margins, and foreign exchange
rates, could cause actual results to differ materially from those described
in these statements. These forward-looking statements are based on current
expectations and we assume no obligation to update this information.
19
<PAGE>
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
DSP Group's operations in the United States are located in an approximately
15,700 square foot leased facility in Santa Clara, California. This
facility houses our marketing and support, North American sales,
operations, manufacturing coordination and administrative personnel. This
facility is leased through December 1999. In August 1997, our subsidiary,
DSP Group, Ltd. moved to a facility in Herzlia Pituach, Israel with
approximately 27,000 square feet pursuant to a lease ending in May 2002.
In September 1998, DSP Group, Ltd. leased an additional 9,400 square feet
at its current facility in Herzlia Pituch, Israel, through November 2003.
In August 1997, DSP Group, Ltd. signed an additional lease agreement for
office space in Omer, located in the south of Israel, for 840 square feet
through September 1999.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
On February 12, 1997, BEKA Electronic GmbH ("BEKA") commenced an action in
the United States District Court for the Northern District of California
against DSP Group. The action alleges breach of contract, breach of
implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and requests an accounting
by us in connection with our termination of the Sales Representative
Agreement between BEKA and us. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount
of damages. The parties completed non-binding mediation in May 1998, but
were unable to settle the case. Discovery in the case has been completed.
Trial has been set for May 11, 1999. DSP Group believes the lawsuit to be
without merit and intends to defend itself vigorously.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
None.
20
<PAGE>
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information contained in the section labeled "Price Range of Common
Stock" in DSP Group's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended
December 31, 1998 is incorporated herein by reference.
The information contained in the section labeled "Subsequent Events--Sale
of Common Stock" in DSP Group's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year
ended December 31, 1998 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The information contained in the section labeled "Selected Consolidated
Financial Data" in DSP Group's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year
ended December 31, 1998 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The information contained in the section labeled "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in DSP
Group's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998
is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RATE.
The information contained in the section labeled "Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" in DSP Group's Annual Report to
Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998 is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The consolidated financial statements and related notes and independent
auditors report in DSP Group's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year
ended December 31, 1998 are incorporated herein by reference.
The information contained in the section labeled "Quarterly Data" in DSP
Group's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998
is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
21
<PAGE>
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
directors and executive officers of DSP Group:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
<S> <C> <C>
Igal Kohavi 59 Chairman of the Board
Eliyahu Ayalon 56 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Avi Basher 42 Vice President of Finance,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
David Tolub 48 Vice President-- Sales
Gideon Wertheizer 42 Vice President-- Marketing
Samuel L. Kaplan (1)(2) 62 Director
Zvi Limon (2) 40 Director
Millard Phelps (1)(2) 70 Director
Yair Shamir (1)(2) 53 Director
Saul Shani (1) 44 Director
</TABLE>
- --------------------------
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
IGAL KOHAVI has been Chairman of the Board of DSP Group since September
1995. Dr. Kohavi has served since 1995 as Chairman of the Venture Funds of
Dovrat-Sherm & Co. Ltd., an Israeli investment bank at which he formerly served
as President from October 1994 to January 1996. Between March 1993 and October
1994, he served as Managing Director of Clal Electronic Industries Ltd.
Dr. Kohavi also serves as a director of Mercury Interactive Corporation (Nasdaq:
MERQ) ("Mercury Interactive"), a provider of client/server and web testing
tools.
ELIYAHU AYALON joined DSP Group in April 1996 as President, Chief Executive
Officer and Director. From May 1992 to April 1996, Mr. Ayalon served as
President and Chief Executive Officer of Mennen Medical Ltd., a developer and
manufacturer of medical instruments and apparatus.
AVI BASHER joined DSP Group in October 1996 as Vice President of Finance
and Chief Financial Officer. In January 1997, he was elected to serve as
Secretary of DSP Group as well. Prior to joining DSP Group, Mr. Basher served
from December 1992 to October 1996 as Chief Financial Officer of InterPharm
Laboratories, Ltd., a healthcare biotechnology company.
DAVID TOLUB joined DSP Group in May 1998 as Vice President, Sales. Prior
to joining DSP Group, Mr. Tolub served from September 1993 to May 1998 as Vice
President, Marketing of NICE Systems, a provider of Computer Telephony
Integrated (CTI) recording and quality measurement solutions.
GIDEON WERTHEIZER joined DSP Group in September 1990 as Project Manager of
DSP Group's VLSI Design Center and became Vice President of the VLSI Design
Center in August 1995. In November 1997, Mr. Wertheizer was appointed Vice
President, Marketing of DSP Group.
22
<PAGE>
SAMUEL L. KAPLAN has been a Director of DSP Group since May 1993.
Mr. Kaplan has been a partner in the law firm of Kaplan, Strangis and Kaplan,
P.A. of Minneapolis, Minnesota, since October 1978. Mr. Kaplan also serves as a
trustee of USP Real Estate Investment Trust, a real estate investment trust.
ZVI LIMON has been a Director of DSP Group since February 1999. Mr. Limon
has served as Chairman of Limon Holdings Ltd., a consulting and investment
advisory firm since 1993. He presently serves as a director of Eltek Ltd.
(Nasdaq: ELTKF), a developer and manufacturer of PC boards.
MILLARD PHELPS has been a Director of DSP Group since July 1995.
Mr. Phelps has been most recently associated with Hambrecht & Quist, an
investment banking firm, where he served from 1984 to August 1997 as Advisory
Director in the corporate finance area, advising on public and private financing
matters. Mr. Phelps has worked in the semiconductor industry for more than 20
years at several manufacturing companies, including Texas Instruments
Incorporated, Fairchild Corporation, Intersil Inc. and Synertek Inc. He
currently serves as a director of Trident Microsystems, Inc., a designer,
developer and marketer of integrated circuit graphics and multimedia products.
YAIR SHAMIR has been a Director of DSP Group since October 1996 and has
served as President and Chief Executive Officer of VCON Telecommunications,
Ltd., a developer and marketer of video conferencing systems, since February
1997. From July 1995 to February 1997, Mr. Shamir served as the Executive Vice
President of The Challenge Fund-Etgar L.P., a venture capital firm. From
January 1994 to July 1995, he served as Chief Executive Officer for Elite
Industries, Ltd., a food products company. Mr. Shamir currently serves as a
director of Mercury Interactive, Orckit Communications, Limited, a developer and
manufacturer of local loop communications systems and VCon Telecommunications,
Ltd.
SAUL SHANI has been a Director of DSP Group since February 1999. Mr. Shani
has served since 1996 as Managing Director of Limon Holdings, Ltd., a consulting
and investment advisory firm. He also has served as Chairman and Director of
Global Village Telecom N.V., a private company engaged in providing satellite
based telephony services, since 1998. From 1990 to 1996, Mr. Shani served as
co-founder, CEO, Chairman, and Director of Sapiens International Corporation
NV (Nasdaq: SPNSF), a provider of enterprise-wide solutions for software
applications.
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE.
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"),
requires DSP Group's directors, executive officers and persons who own more than
10% of DSP Group's common stock (collectively, "Reporting Persons") to file
reports of ownership and changes in ownership of DSP Group's common stock with
the Securities and Exchange Commission and The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. Copies
of these reports are also required to be delivered to DSP Group.
Except as set forth below, we believe, based solely on our review of the
copies of such reports received or written representations from certain
Reporting Persons, that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, all
Reporting Persons complied with all applicable filing requirements, except for
the following: Mr. Phelps inadvertently failed to report a sale of DSP
Group's common stock on his Form 4 for the period of the sale; such sale was
subsequently reported on a later Form 4.
23
<PAGE>
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth all compensation earned by DSP Group's Chief
Executive Officer and each of the four other most highly compensated executive
officers of DSP Group (including one former executive officer) (collectively,
the "Named Executive Officers") for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
ANNUAL COMPENSATION COMPENSATION AWARDS
SECURITIES
SALARY (1) BONUS (2) UNDERLYING OPTIONS
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR $ $ (#)
- --------------------------- ---- ---------------- ------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Eliyahu Ayalon 1998 $294,952 $240,000 150,000
Chief Executive Officer, President and 1997 283,747 212,500 150,000
Director 1996 157,493(3) 72,000 160,000
Igal Kohavi 1998 294,630 240,000 150,000
Chairman of the Board 1997 280,620 212,500 150,000
1996 250,000 72,000 140,000
Avi Basher 1998 174,082 45,000 10,000
Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial 1997 163,299 45,000 30,000
Officer and Secretary 1996 31,822(4) -- 50,000
David Tolub (5) 1998 110,859(6) -- 50,000
Vice President -- Sales 1997 -- -- --
1996 -- -- --
Gideon Wertheizer (7) 1998 172,122 50,000 20,000
Vice President -- Marketing 1997 146,362 45,000 15,000
1996 -- -- --
Amir Karni (8) 1998 125,644 10,000 10,000
Former Vice President, Research and Development 1997 61,317(9) -- 22,000
1996 -- -- --
</TABLE>
- --------------------------
(1) The salaries of officers located in Israel include social benefit payments
and car allowances.
(2) DSP Group's executive officers are eligible for annual cash bonuses. Such
bonuses are generally based upon achievement of corporate performance
objectives determined by DSP Group's Compensation Committee. Bonuses are
awarded by the Compensation Committee based upon individual, as well as
corporate, performance. DSP Group pays bonuses in the year following that
in which the bonuses were earned.
(3) Represents Mr. Ayalon's salary from his appointment as Chief Executive
Officer, President and Director of DSP Group in April 1996.
(4) Represents Mr. Basher's salary from his appointment as Vice President of
Finance, and Chief Financial Officer of DSP Group in October 1996.
(5) Mr. Tolub was appointed an executive officer of DSP Group in May 1998.
(6) Includes $12,357 of commissions earned by Mr. Tolub in 1998.
(7) Mr. Wertheizer was appointed an executive officer of DSP Group in November
1997.
(8) Mr. Karni resigned as Vice President, Research and Development in
November 1998.
(9) Represents Mr. Karni's salary from his appointment as Vice President of
Research and Development of DSP Group in July 1997.
24
<PAGE>
OPTION GRANTS
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to stock
options granted during 1998 to each of the Named Executive Officers. In
accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, also shown
below is the potential realizable value over the term of the option (the period
from the grant date to the expiration date) based on assumed rates of stock
appreciation of 5% and 10%, compounded annually. These amounts are based on
certain assumed rates of appreciation and do not represent DSP Group's estimate
of future stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will be
dependent on the future performance of the DSP Group's common stock.
OPTION GRANTS IN 1998
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
NUMBER OF VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
SECURITIES % OF TOTAL RATES OF STOCK PRICE
UNDERLYING OPTIONS APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
OPTIONS GRANTED TO TERM
GRANTED EMPLOYEES EXERCISE EXPIRATION
NAME (#) IN 1998 PRICE DATE 5% 10%
- ------------------------- --------------- ---------- ------------- ---------- -------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Eliyahu Ayalon 150,000 18.94% $18.563 07/02/05 $1,133,551 $2,641,655
Igal Kohavi 150,000 18.94% 18.563 07/02/05 1,133,551 2,641,655
Avi Basher 10,000 1.26% 18.875 08/03/05 76,840 179,070
David Tolub 50,000 6.31% 19.50 05/27/05 396,923 924,999
Gideon Wertheizer 20,000 2.53% 18.875 08/03/05 153,680 358,141
Amir Karni 10,000 1.26% 18.875 08/03/05 76,840 179,070
</TABLE>
------------------------------
(1) All options were granted pursuant to the 1991 Employee and Consultant Stock
Plan.
25
<PAGE>
Option Exercises and Option Values
The following table sets forth information concerning option exercises
during 1998 and the aggregate value of unexercised options as of December 31,
1998 held by each of the Named Executive Officers.
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN 1998
AND OPTION VALUES AT DECEMBER 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
AGGREGATE OPTION UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
EXERCISES IN 1998 OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 DECEMBER 31, 1998 (1)
------------------ --------------------------
SHARES
ACQUIRED VALUE
ON EXERCISE REALIZED
NAME (#) ($)(2) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
----------------- ------------- --------- ------------ ------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Eliyahu Ayalon -- -- 85,000 257,500 $423,594 $735,781
Igal Kohavi -- -- 177,500 252,500 719,219 686,406
Avi Basher 12,500 $146,945 11,250 53,750 115,313 543,438
David Tolub -- -- -- 50,000 -- 68,750
Gideon Wertheizer 5,586 57,959 8,437 36,645 21,563 94,160
Amir Karni -- -- 6,874 25,126 20,193 64,432
</TABLE>
- --------------------------
(1) Calculated on the basis of the closing price of DSP Group's common stock as
reported on the Nasdaq National Market on December 31, 1998 of $20.875 per
share, minus the exercise price.
(2) Calculated on the basis of the broker's reported sale price of DSP Group's
common stock subject to the option, minus the exercise price.
26
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The following Named Executive Officers have written employment agreements
with DSP Group: Messrs. Ayalon, Basher and Kohavi.
In April 1996, Mr. Ayalon entered into an employment agreement with DSP
Semiconductors, Ltd., DSP Group's wholly owned subsidiary in Israel ("DSP
Semiconductors"), pursuant to which Mr. Ayalon is to serve as the President and
Chief Executive Officer of DSP Group. The term of the agreement is indefinite.
The agreement originally provided for a fixed monthly salary of NIS 47,000
(approximately U.S. $15,000), which shall be adjusted monthly to the Consumer
Price Index of Israel. In June 1997, the Board of Directors increased
Mr. Ayalon's monthly salary to NIS 69,295 (approximately U.S. $20,500).
Mr. Ayalon also is entitled to an annual bonus, the amount of which is
determined at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors. The agreement may
be terminated by DSP Group or Mr. Ayalon, without cause (as defined in the
agreement), upon six months advance written notice. Mr. Ayalon's employment
agreement was amended in November 1997 to provide for the following:
(i) Mr. Ayalon's base compensation shall be fixed at the commencement of each
year, but shall not be subject to reduction during the term of the agreement;
(ii) if Mr. Ayalon terminates the agreement without good reason or if DSP Group
terminates the agreement for cause, then no further payments shall be made to
Mr. Ayalon pursuant to the agreement and he shall be subject to a one-year
prohibition against competition in addition to the customary prohibitions
against disclosure of trade secrets; (iii) upon a change of control of DSP Group
or if the agreement is terminated by Mr. Ayalon for good reason or by DSP Group
without cause, then all rights of Mr. Ayalon under the agreement would continue
for two years and all options held by Mr. Ayalon would accelerate and
immediately vest and be exercisable in whole or in part at any time during the
remaining two-year term of the agreement; and (iv) in the event of death or
permanent disability of Mr. Ayalon, all options shall accelerate and immediately
vest.
In February 1997, Mr. Basher entered into an employment agreement with DSP
Semiconductors pursuant to which Mr. Basher is to serve as the Vice President of
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of DSP Group. The term of the agreement is
indefinite. The agreement provides for a fixed monthly salary of NIS 31,970
(approximately U.S. $10,000), which shall be adjusted monthly to the Consumer
Price Index of Israel. Mr. Basher also is entitled to an annual bonus, the
amount of which is determined at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.
The agreement may be terminated by DSP Semiconductors or Mr. Basher, without
cause (as defined in the agreement), upon three months advance written notice.
In June 1997, Mr. Kohavi entered into an employment agreement with DSP
Semiconductors pursuant to which Mr. Kohavi is to serve as the Chairman of
the Board of Directors of DSP Group. The term of the agreement is
indefinite. The agreement provided for a fixed monthly salary of NIS 69,295
(approximately U.S. $20,500), which shall be adjusted monthly to the Consumer
Price Index of Israel. Mr. Kohavi also shall be entitled to an annual bonus,
the amount of which is determined at the sole discretion of the Board of
Directors. The agreement may be terminated by DSP Group or Mr. Kohavi,
without cause (as defined in the agreement), upon six months advance written
notice. Mr. Kohavi's employment agreement was amended in November 1997 to
provide for the following: (i) Mr. Kohavi's base compensation shall be fixed
at the commencement of each year, but shall not be subject to reduction
during the term of the agreement; (ii) if Mr. Kohavi terminates the agreement
without good reason or if DSP Group terminates the agreement for cause, then
no further payments shall be made to Mr. Kohavi pursuant to the agreement and
he shall be subject to a one year prohibition against competition in addition
to the customary prohibitions against disclosure of trade secrets; (iii) upon
a change of control of DSP Group or if the agreement is terminated by Mr.
Kohavi for good reason or by DSP Group without cause, then all rights of Mr.
Kohavi under the agreement would continue for two years and all options held
by Mr. Kohavi would accelerate and immediately vest and be exercisable in
whole or in part at any time during the remaining two-year term of the
agreement; and (iv) in the event of death or permanent disability of Mr.
Kohavi, all options shall accelerate and immediately vest.
27
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
Directors who are employees of DSP Group do not receive any additional
compensation for their services as directors. Directors who are not employees
of DSP Group receive an annual retainer of $20,000, payable in quarterly
installments of $5,000 each. The retainer contemplates attendance at four Board
of Director meetings per year. Additional Board of Directors meetings of a
face-to-face nature are compensated at the rate of $500 per meeting. In
addition, committee meetings of a face-to-face nature or on a telephonic basis
are compensated at the rate of $500 per meeting. All directors are reimbursed
for expenses incurred in connection with attending Board and committee meetings.
Each outside director of DSP Group is also entitled to participate in the
1993 Director Option Plan (the "Director Option Plan"). The Director Option
Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory options to non-employee directors
of DSP Group. The Director Option Plan is designed to work automatically;
however, to the extent administration is necessary, it will be provided by the
Board of Directors. The Director Option Plan provides that each eligible
director is granted an option to purchase 15,000 shares of DSP Group common
stock under the Director Option Plan on the date on which he or she first
becomes a director of DSP Group. In addition, on the same date, each new
director is granted an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock under
the 1991 Employee and Consultant Stock Plan (the "1991 Stock Plan").
Thereafter, each outside director is granted an option to purchase 5,000
additional shares of common stock (a "Subsequent Option") on January 1 of each
year if, on such date, he or she shall have served on DSP Group's Board of
Directors for at least six months. In addition, an option to purchase
5,000 shares of common stock (a "Committee Option") is granted on January 1 of
each year to each outside director for each committee of the Board of Directors
on which he or she shall have served as a chairperson for at least six months.
On January 2, 1998, each of Messrs. Kaplan, Phelps and Shamir were granted
Subsequent Options to purchase up to 5,000 shares of DSP Group common stock, at
an exercise price of $19.25 per share, under the Director Option Plan.
On January 2, 1998, Mr. Kaplan was granted a Committee Option to purchase
up to 5,000 shares of DSP Group common stock, at an exercise price of $19.25 per
share, under the Director Option Plan.
On July 2, 1998 each of Messrs. Ayalon and Kohavi were granted options to
purchase up to 150,000 shares of DSP Group common stock, at an exercise price of
$18.5625, under the 1991 Stock Plan.
On January 4, 1999, each of Messrs. Kaplan, Phelps and Shamir were granted
Subsequent Options to purchase up to 5,000 shares of DSP Group common stock, at
an exercise price of $20.375 per share, under the Director Option Plan.
On January 4, 1999, each of Messrs. Kaplan and Phelps were granted
Committee Options to purchase up to 5,000 shares of DSP Group common stock, at
an exercise price of $20.375 per share, under the Director Option Plan.
On February 5, 1999, the date on which they were appointed as directors of
DSP Group, each of Messrs. Limon and Shani were granted an option to purchase up
to 15,000 shares of DSP Group common stock, at an exercise price of $13.625 per
share under the Director Option Plan. On the same date, each of Messrs. Limon
and Shani also were granted an option to purchase up to 10,000 shares of DSP
Group common stock, at an exercise price of $13.625 per share, under the 1991
Stock Plan.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The Compensation Committee of DSP Group currently consists of Messrs.
Kaplan, Phelps, Shamir and Shani; Mr. Kaplan serves as its Chairman. No member
of this committee is a present or former
28
<PAGE>
officer or employee of DSP Group or any of its subsidiaries. Other than Mr.
Kohavi, no executive officer of DSP Group served on the board of directors or
compensation committee of any entity which has one or more executive officers
serving as a member of DSP Group's Board of Directors or Compensation
Committee. Mr. Kohavi serves as the Chairman of the Board of VCON
Telecommunications, Ltd., a public company listed on the Nouveau Marcheand
located in Israel, for which Mr. Shamir serves as President and CEO.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY SET FORTH IN ANY OF DSP GROUP'S
PREVIOUS FILINGS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR THE EXCHANGE ACT THAT MIGHT
INCORPORATE FUTURE FILINGS, INCLUDING THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K, IN WHOLE
OR IN PART, THE FOLLOWING REPORT AND THE STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH THAT FOLLOWS
SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO ANY SUCH FILINGS.
COMPENSATION POLICY. DSP Group's compensation policy, as established by
the Compensation Committee, states that the executive officers' total annual
cash compensation should vary with the performance of DSP Group and that
long-term incentives awarded to such officers should be aligned with the
interest of DSP Group's stockholders. DSP Group has designed its executive
compensation program to attract and retain executive officers who will
contribute to DSP Group's long-term success, to reward executive officers who
contribute to DSP Group's financial performance and to link executive officer
compensation and stockholder interests through the grant of stock options under
the 1991 Employee and Consultant Stock Plan (the "1991 Stock Plan").
Compensation of DSP Group's executive officers consists of three principal
components: salary, bonus and long-term incentive compensation consisting of
stock option grants.
SALARY. The base salaries of DSP Group's executive officers are reviewed
annually and are set by the Compensation Committee. When setting base salary
levels, in a manner consistent with the Compensation Committee's policy outlined
above, the Committee considers competitive market conditions for executive
compensation, DSP Group's performance and the performance of the individual
executive officer.
BONUS. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, the Compensation
Committee evaluated the performance of, and set the bonuses payable to, the
Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers of the Company. The
performance factors utilized by the Compensation Committee in determining
whether bonuses should be awarded to the Company's executive officers included
the following: (1) increased sales of DSP Group's products and increased
profitability of DSP Group during fiscal 1998; (2) the officer's overall
individual performance in his position and his relative contribution to DSP
Group's performance during the year; and (3) the desire of the Board of
Directors to retain the executive officer in the face of considerable
competition for executive talent within the industry. The Board of Directors or
the Compensation Committee in the future may modify the foregoing criteria or
select other performance factors with respect to bonuses paid to executive
officers for any given fiscal year.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION. DSP Group believes that stock option
grants (1) align executive officer interests with stockholder interests by
creating a direct link between compensation and stockholder return, (2) give
executive officers a significant, long-term interest in DSP Group's success, and
(3) help retain key executive officers in a competitive market for executive
talent.
The 1991 Stock Plan authorizes the Board, or a committee thereof, to
grant stock options to employees and consultants of DSP Group, including the
executive officers. Stock option grants are made from time to time to
executive officers whose contributions have or will have a significant impact
on DSP Group's long-term performance. DSP Group's determination of whether
stock option grants are appropriate is based upon individual performance
measures established for each individual on an annual
29
<PAGE>
basis. Options are not necessarily granted to each executive officer during
each year. Generally, options granted to executive officers vest as to 25%
of the grant on the first anniversary of the date of grant with the remaining
options vesting quarterly over the next three years and expire five years
from the date of grant. Details on stock options granted to certain
executive officers in 1998 are provided in the table entitled "Option Grants
in 1998."
COMPENSATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board of Directors considered
the following factors in evaluating the performance of, and setting the bonus
compensation for, Mr. Ayalon, DSP Group's Chief Executive Officer and President
since April 1996: the increase in the net income of DSP Group from the prior
year, DSP Group's stock price and the time and effort that Mr. Ayalon
individually applied in connection with the execution of his duties. The
Compensation Committee believes that the salary, bonus and long-term incentive
compensation paid to Mr. Ayalon for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 were
appropriate based on the above criteria.
COMPENSATION POLICY REGARDING DEDUCTIBILITY. Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code, enacted in 1993, generally disallows a tax deduction
to publicly held companies for compensation exceeding $1 million paid to
certain of the corporation's executive officers. The limitation applies only
to compensation which is not considered to be performance-based. The
non-performance based compensation to be paid to DSP Group's executive
officers in 1998 did not exceed the $1 million limit per officer. The 1991
Stock Plan is structured so that any compensation deemed paid to an executive
officer in connection with the exercise of option grants made under such plan
will qualify as performance-based compensation which will not be subject to
the $1 million limitation. The Compensation Committee currently intends to
limit the dollar amount of all other compensation payable to DSP Group's
executive officers to no more than $1 million. The Compensation Committee is
aware of the limitations imposed by Section 162(m), and the exemptions
available therefrom, and will address the issue of deductibility when and if
circumstances warrant, and may use such exemptions in addition to the
exemption contemplated under the 1991 Stock Plan.
Submitted by the Compensation Committee:
Samuel L. Kaplan
Millard Phelps
Yair Shamir
Saul Shani
30
<PAGE>
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on DSP
Group's common stock with the cumulative total return on the Standard & Poor's
500 Index and Standard & Poor's Technology Sector Index. The period shown
commences on February 11, 1994, the date that DSP Group's common stock was
registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and ends on December 31, 1998,
the end of DSP Group's last fiscal year. The graph assumes an investment of
$100 on February 11, 1994, and the reinvestment of any dividends.
The comparisons in the graph below are based upon historical data and are
not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of DSP Group's
common stock.
TOTAL RETURN TO STOCKHOLDERS
FEBRUARY 11, 1994 TO DECEMBER 31, 1998
Research Data Group Peer Group Total Return Worksheet
Dsp Group (DSPG)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
2/11/94 3/94 6/94 9/94 12/94 3/95 6/95 9/95 12/95 3/96
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DSP GROUP, INC. $100 $116 $### $158 $139 $163 $179 $127 $ 82 $ 89
S&P 500 100 93 93 98 98 108 118 127 135 142
S&P TECHNOLOGY SECTOR 100 99 95 104 111 125 154 163 160 169
<CAPTION>
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
6/96 9/96 12/96 3/97 6/97 9/97 12/97 3/98 6/98 9/98 12/98
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
DSP GROUP, INC. $ 66 $ 59 $ 61 $ 66 $107 $280 $143 $137 $141 $105 $149
S&P 500 148 153 166 170 200 215 221 252 260 234 284
S&P TECHNOLOGY SECTOR 183 201 227 229 279 326 286 346 375 369 495
</TABLE>
31
<PAGE>
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
The following table sets forth certain information known to DSP Group with
respect to the beneficial ownership of DSP Group's common stock as of March 1,
1999, by (1) each stockholder known to DSP Group to own beneficially more than
5% of the DSP Group's common stock; (2) each of DSP Group's directors; (3) the
Named Executive Officers (including one former executive officer) determined for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998; and (4) all directors and executive
officers of DSP Group as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME OF SHARES APPROXIMATE PERCENT
BENEFICIAL OWNER BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1) BENEFICIALLY OWNED (2)
- ---------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Magnum Technology, Ltd.
c/o Rothschild Corporate Fiduciary Services, Ltd.
P.O. Box 472
St. Peter's House, Le Bordage
St. Peter Port, Guernsey
Channel Islands GY1 6AX (3)............... 2,896,500 24.90%
Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.
One Financial Center
Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (4)........... 450,800 3.88%
Mellon Bank Corporation
One Mellon Bank Center
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15258 (5)......... 537,300 4.62%
Samuel L. Kaplan (6)...................... 78,188 *
Zvi Limon ................................ * *
Millard Phelps (7)........................ 13,167 *
Yair Shamir (8)........................... 11,667 *
Saul Shani ............................... * *
Eliyahu Ayalon (9)........................ 104,133 *
Avi Basher (10)........................... 20,242 *
Igal Kohavi (11).......................... 219,960 1.86%
David Tolub .............................. 357 *
Gideon Wertheizer (12).................... 12,997 *
Amir Karni ............................... * *
All directors and executive officers
as a group (11 persons) (13).............. 460,711 3.86%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------------
* Less than 1%
32
<PAGE>
(1) To DSP Group's knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this
table, and subject to applicable community property laws, each person named
in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the
shares set forth opposite such person's name.
(2) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or
investment power with respect to securities. Shares of DSP Group's common
stock, subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable on or before
April 30, 1999, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the
person holding such options, but are not deemed outstanding for computing
the percentage of any other person. Percentages are based on 11,633,420
shares of DSP Group's common stock outstanding as of March 1, 1999.
(3) Magnum Technology, Ltd. ("Magnum") filed Amendment No. 1 to a Schedule 13D,
dated February 19, 1999, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
behalf of itself. Magnum reported sole voting and dispositive power over
2,896,500 shares.
(4) Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. ("Loomis") filed a Schedule 13G, dated
February 10, 1999, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of
itself. Loomis reported sole voting power over 375,400 shares and shared
dispositive power over 450,800 over shares.
(5) Mellon Bank Corporation ("Mellon Bank") filed a Schedule 13G, dated
February 5, 1999, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on behalf of
itself. Mellon Bank reported sole voting power over 492,900 shares, sole
dispositive power over 497,100 shares and shared dispositive power over
40,200 shares.
(6) Includes 22,520 shares held of record by the Kaplan, Strangis and Kaplan,
P.A. Profit Sharing Trust FBO Samuel L. Kaplan. Also includes 34,668
shares of DSP Group's common stock, subject to options which are currently
exercisable or will become exercisable on or before April 30, 1999.
(7) Includes 13,167 shares of DSP Group's common stock subject to options which
are currently exercisable or will become exercisable on or before April 30,
1999.
(8) Includes 11,667 shares of DSP Group's common stock subject to options which
are currently exercisable or will become exercisable on or before April 30,
1999.
(9) Includes 100,000 shares of DSP Group's common stock subject to options
which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable on or before
April 30, 1999.
(10) Includes 19,375 shares of DSP Group's common stock subject to options which
are currently exercisable or will become exercisable on or before April 30,
1999.
(11) Includes 217,500 shares of DSP Group's common stock subject to options
which are currently exercisable or will become exercisable on or before
April 30, 1999.
(12) Includes 12,244 shares of DSP Group's common stock subject to options which
are currently exercisable or will become exercisable on or before April 30,
1999.
(13) See footnotes (6) through (12). Includes 408,621 shares of DSP Group's
common stock subject to options which are currently exercisable or will
become exercisable on or before April 30, 1999.
33
<PAGE>
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
DSP Group entered into a consulting agreement, date as of June 29, 1998,
with Mr. Phelps, an outside director of DSP Group. Pursuant to the terms of the
agreement, from May 1998 through December 1998, Mr. Phelps was to provide advice
to DSP Group's Chairman of the Board regarding identifying potential merger and
acquisition candidates. The agreement provided that Mr. Phelps be paid $4,000
per month for his services.
On February 2, 1999, DSP Group entered into a stock purchase agreement
with Magnum Technologies, Ltd., an international investment fund ("Magnum"), in
which DSP Group issued and sold 2,300,000 new shares of DSP Group common stock
to Magnum. Based in part on Magnum's representations, the transaction was
exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933
according to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. These shares, representing
19.6% of DSP Group's outstanding common stock at the time of the transaction,
were issued for a price of $15 per share, or an aggregate of $34.5 million in
total net proceeds to DSP Group. As part of the agreement, Magnum may acquire
additional shares of DSP Group in the open market, but may not bring its total
holdings to more than 35% of DSP Group's outstanding shares of common stock.
Furthermore, Magnum has agreed not to sell any of the DSP Group shares of common
stock it purchased without the prior written consent of DSP Group for a period
of one year following the date of this transaction, and also to restrict its
sales of the shares for an additional six-month period under Rule 144(e)(i) of
the Securities Act of 1933. Additionally, DSP Group has invited Magnum to
appoint two new directors to the Board of Directors, bringing the total number
of members of the Board of Directors to seven.
DSP Group has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers. Such agreements require DSP Group to
indemnify such individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
All future transactions between DSP Group and its officers, directors,
principal stockholders and affiliates will be approved by a majority of the
Board of Directors, including a majority of the disinterested, non-employee
directors on the Board of Directors, and will be on terms no less favorable to
DSP Group than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
34
<PAGE>
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
(a) The following documents have been filed as a part of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.
1. Index to Financial Statements.
The following consolidated financial statements and related notes and
auditor's report are included in DSP Group's Annual Report to
Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998 and are incorporated
into this Form 10-K by reference.
DESCRIPTION
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors
2. Index to Financial Statement Schedules.
The following financial statement schedules and related auditor's report
are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
<TABLE>
Page in this
Annual Report
Description on Form 10-K
----------- ------------
<S> <C>
Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (included at page 43)
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors Exhibit 23.1
(included at page 42)
</TABLE>
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the
required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or
the related notes incorporated into this Form 10-K by reference to DSP
Group's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998.
35
<PAGE>
3. List of Exhibits:
<TABLE>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
------- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 3.1B to the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 33-73482, as declared effective on February 11, 1994
and incorporated herein by reference).
3.2 Bylaws (filed as Exhibit 3.2B to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no.
33-73482, as declared effective on February 11, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference).
3.3 Amendment to Registrant's Bylaws, dated March 30, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 3.2.c to the Registrant's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference).
3.4 Certificate of Determination of Preference of Series A Preferred Stock of the Registrant, filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 6, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 1997).
3.5 Amendment to Registrant's Bylaws, dated November 3, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 3.7 to the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, and incorporated
herein by reference.)
3.6 Specimen Rights Certificate (filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K
filed on June 6, 1997).
3.7 Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of November 9, 1998, between the Registrant and
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights Agent.
10.1 1991 Employee and Consultant Stock Plan and forms of option agreements thereunder (filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 33-73482, as
declared effective on February 11, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.2 Israeli Stock Option Plan and form of option agreement thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 33-73482, as declared effective on
February 11, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.3 1993 Directors Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Registration
Statement on Form S-1, file no. 33-73482, as declared effective on February 11, 1994 and
incorporated herein by reference).
10.4 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of subscription agreement thereunder (filed as
Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 33-73482, as
declared effective on February 11, 1994 and incorporated herein by reference).
10.5 Technology Assignment and License Agreement, dated January 7, 1994, by and between the
Registrant and DSP Telecommunications, Ltd. (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 33-73482, as declared effective on February 11, 1994
and incorporated herein by reference).
36
<PAGE>
10.6 ACL Technology License Agreement, dated June 24, 1994, by and between the Registrant and
AudioCodes, Ltd. (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended June 30, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.7 Investment Agreement, dated June 16, 1994, by and between the Registrant and AudioCodes Ltd.
(see Exhibit 10.30 for Appendix B to Investment Agreement) (filed as Exhibit 10.39 to the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, and incorporated
herein by reference).
10.8 Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to
the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 33-73482, as declared effective on
February 11, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.9 Employment Agreement, dated April 22, 1996, by and between the Registrant and Eli Ayalon (filed
as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.10 Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated October 9, 1996, by and between the Registrant and
Dialogic Corporation, relating to the Registrant's facility located at 3120 Scott Boulevard in
Santa Clara, California (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.11 Sublease, dated October 18, 1996, as amended on December 4, 1996, by and between Dialogic
Corporation and the Registrant, relating to the Registrant's facility located at 3120 Scott
Boulevard in Santa Clara, California (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant's Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.12 Employment Agreement, dated February 24, 1997, by and between the Registrant and Avi Basher
(filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.13 Lease, dated November 28, 1996, by and between DSP Semiconductors Ltd. and Gav-Yam Lands Company
Ltd., relating to the property located on Shenkar Street, Herzlia Pituach, Israel (filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.14 Agreement, dated August 18, 1997, by and between DSP Semiconductors Ltd. and Aptel Ltd. (filed as
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 30, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.15 Employment Agreement with Igal Kohavi, dated as of June 1, 1997 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended December 31, 1997, and incorporated
herein by reference).
10.16 CompactRISC Technology License Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1997, by and between DSP
Semiconductors Ltd. and National Semiconductor Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, and incorporated
herein by reference).
37
<PAGE>
10.17 Amendment to Employment Agreement with Eliyahu Ayalon, dated as of November 3, 1997 (filed as
Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.18 Amendment to Employment Agreement with Igal Kohavi, dated as of November 3, 1997 (filed as
Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997,
and incorporated herein by reference).
10.19 Amendment to 1993 Directors Stock Option Plan, as adopted November 3, 1997 (filed as Exhibit
10.28 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997,
and incorporated herein by reference).
10.20 Separation and Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and Martin M. Skowron, dated May 31,
1998 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.21 Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and Millard Phelps, dated as of June 29, 1998 (filed
as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
June 30, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference).
10.22 Lease, dated September 13, 1998, between DSP Group, Ltd. and Bayside Land Corporation Ltd.,
relating to the property located on Shenkar Street, Herzlia Pituach, Israel.
10.23 1998 Non-Officer Employee Stock Option Plan.
11.1 Statements regarding computation of per share earnings (included at page 40).
13.1 Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1998.
21.1 Subsidiaries of DSP Group (included at page 41).
23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors (included at page 42).
27.1 Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
(b) Reports on Form 8-K in Fourth Quarter.
The Company did not file any reports on Form 8-K during the three
months ended December 31, 1998.
38
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
DSP GROUP, INC.
By: /s/ Eliyahu Ayalon
------------------------------------
Eliyahu Ayalon
President and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 31, 1999
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE
- -------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
/s/ Igal Kohavi Chairman of the Board March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------
Igal Kohavi
/s/ Eliyahu Ayalon President, Chief Executive Officer and March 31, 1999
- -------------------------------------- Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Eliyahu Ayalon
/s/ Avi Basher Vice President of Finance, Chief March 31, 1999
- -------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Secretary
Avi Basher (Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer)
/s/ Samuel L. Kaplan Director March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------
Samuel L. Kaplan
/s/ Zvi Limon Director March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------
Zvi Limon
/s/ Millard Phelps Director March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------
Millard Phelps
/s/ Yair Shamir Director March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------
Yair Shamir
/s/ Saul Shani Director March 31, 1999
- --------------------------------------
Saul Shani
</TABLE>
39
<PAGE>
Exhibit 11.1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DSP GROUP, INC.
STATEMENTS RE COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
----------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Numerator:
Net income......................................... $14,415 $11,034 $5,979
------- ------- ------
------- ------- ------
Denominator:
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period used to compute basic earnings per
share ........................................... 9,768 9,736 9,510
------- ------- ------
------- ------- ------
Incremental shares attributable to exercise of
outstanding options (assuming proceeds would be used
to purchase treasury stock)...................... 248 467 71
------- ------- ------
Weighted average number of shares of common stock used
to compute diluted earnings per
share............................................ 10,016 10,203 9,581
------- ------- ------
------- ------- ------
Basic net income per share.............................. $1.48 $1.13 $0.63
------- ------- ------
------- ------- ------
Diluted net income per share............................ $1.44 $1.08 $0.62
------- ------- ------
------- ------- ------
</TABLE>
40
<PAGE>
Exhibit 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Incorporation
------------------ -----------------------------
1. Nihon DSP K.K. Japan
2. DSP Group Ltd. Israel
3. DSP Group Europe SARL France
4. Voicecom Ltd. Israel
5. RF Integrated Systems, Inc. Delaware, U.S.
41
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form
10-K) of DSP Group, Inc. of our report dated January 25, 1999 (except for
Note 9, as to which the date is February 18, 1999), included in the 1998
Annual Report to Stockholders of DSP Group, Inc.
Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule
of DSP Group, Inc. listed in Item 14(a). This schedule is the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion
based on our audits. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statement
schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.
We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 33-83456, 33-87390, 333-53129 and 333-69289)
pertaining to the 1991 Employee and Consultant Stock Plan, the 1991 DSP
Group, Inc. Israeli Stock Option Plan, the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan,
the 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and the 1998 Non-Officer Employee Stock
Option Plan, of our report dated January 25, 1999 (except for Note 9, as to
which the date is February 18, 1999), with respect to the consolidated
financial statements and schedule incorporated herein by reference or
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31,
1998.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Palo Alto, California
March 30, 1999
42
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DSP GROUP, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)
BALANCE AT
BEGINNING CHARGED TO
OF COSTS BALANCE AT
DESCRIPTION PERIOD AND EXPENSES DEDUCTION END OF PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------------ ---------- ------------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31, 1996:
Allowance for doubtful accounts 162 60 151(1) 71
Sales returns reserve 281 245 149(2) 377
Year ended December 31, 1997:
Allowance for doubtful accounts 71 60 61(1) 70
Sales returns reserve 377 345 600(2) 122
Year ended December 31, 1998:
Allowance for doubtful accounts 70 10 - 80
Sales returns reserve 122 - - 122
</TABLE>
(1) Write-offs of uncollectible amounts
(2) Sales returns applied against revenue
43
<PAGE>
DSP GROUP, INC.
and
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.,
Rights Agent
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated as of June 5, 1997
Amended and Restated as of November 9, 1998
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION PAGE
- ------- ----
<S> <C>
Section 1. Certain Definitions..................................... 1
Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent............................. 6
Section 3. Issue of Rights Certificates............................ 6
Section 4. Form of Rights Certificates............................. 8
Section 5. Countersignature and Registration....................... 8
Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right
Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
Rights Certificates..................................... 8
Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of
Rights.................................................. 9
Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Rights Certificates..... 11
Section 9. Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock........... 11
Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date............................. 13
Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares
or Number of Rights..................................... 13
Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of
Shares.................................................. 21
Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
Earning Power........................................... 21
Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares................. 25
Section 15. Rights of Action........................................ 25
Section 16. Agreement of Rights Holders............................. 26
Section 17. Rights Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder...... 26
Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent............................. 27
Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of
Rights Agent............................................ 27
Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent.................................. 28
Section 21. Change of Rights Agent.................................. 31
i
<PAGE>
Section 22. Issuance of New Rights Certificates..................... 32
Section 23. Redemption and Termination.............................. 32
Section 24. Notice of Certain Events................................ 33
Section 25. Notices................................................. 34
Section 26. Supplements and Amendments.............................. 34
Section 27. Successors.............................................. 35
Section 28. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors,
etc..................................................... 35
Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement.............................. 35
Section 30. Severability............................................ 36
Section 31. Governing Law........................................... 36
Section 32. Counterparts............................................ 36
Section 33. Descriptive Headings.................................... 36
Section 34. Exchange................................................ 36
Exhibit A Form of Rights Certificate Form of Summary of Rights.... A-1
Exhibit B Form of Summary of Rights............................... B-1
Exhibit C Certificate of Designation.............................. C-1
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
RIGHTS AGREEMENT
RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of June 5, 1997, amended and restated as of
November 9, 1998 (the "Agreement"), between DSP Group, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "COMPANY"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "RIGHTS
AGENT").
WHEREAS, effective June 5, 1997 (the "RIGHTS DIVIDEND DECLARATION DATE"),
the Board of Directors of the Company (i) authorized and declared a dividend
distribution of one Right for each share of common stock, par value $.001 per
share, of the Company (the "COMPANY COMMON STOCK") outstanding at the Close of
Business on June 10, 1997 (the "RECORD DATE"), and (ii) authorized the issuance
of one Right (as such number may hereinafter be adjusted pursuant hereto) for
each share of Company Common Stock issued between the Record Date (whether
originally issued or delivered from the Company's treasury) and, except as
otherwise provided in Section 22, the Distribution Date, each Right initially
representing the right to purchase, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth, one Unit of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company (the
"RIGHTS");
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the
following terms have the meanings indicated:
(a) "ACQUIRING PERSON" shall mean any Person who or which,
together with all Affiliates or Associates of such Person, shall be the
Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the shares of Company Common Stock then
outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) an "Acquiring Person"
shall not include (A) the Company, (B) any Subsidiary of the Company, (C)
any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, (D) any trustee or fiduciary with respect to such employee
benefit plan acting in such capacity or a trustee or fiduciary holding
shares of Company Common Stock for the purpose of funding any such plan or
employee benefits, (E) any Person who has reported or is required to report
Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock on Schedule 13G under the
Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report), but only so long as
(x) such Person is eligible to report such ownership on Schedule 13(G)
under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report), (y) such
Person has not reported and is not required to report such ownership on
Schedule 13(D) under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor
report) and such Person does not hold shares of Company Common Stock on
behalf of any other Person who is required to report Beneficial Ownership
of such shares of Company Common Stock on such Schedule 13(D), and (z) such
Person does not beneficially own 20% or more of the shares of Company
Common Stock then outstanding, (F) any Person if (1) the Board of Directors
of the Company determines in good faith that such Person who would
otherwise be an "Acquiring Person" became such inadvertently (including,
without limitation, because (x) such Person was unaware that it
beneficially owned a percentage of Company Common Stock that would
otherwise cause such Person to be an "Acquiring Person" or (y) such Person
was aware of the extent of its Beneficial Ownership of
1
<PAGE>
Company Common Stock but had no actual knowledge of the consequences of
such Beneficial Ownership under this Agreement) and without any intention
of changing or influencing control of the Company, (2) as promptly as
practicable such Person divested or divests itself of Beneficial Ownership
of a sufficient number of shares of Company Common Stock so that such
Person would no longer beneficially own 15% or more of the then outstanding
shares of Company Common Stock, and (3) such Person does not become the
Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Company Common Stock after
such Person becomes aware that such Person would be an Acquiring Person
(but for the operation of this clause (i)(F)), unless upon becoming the
Beneficial Owner of such additional shares such Person is the Beneficial
Owner of less than 15% of the then outstanding shares of Company Common
Stock, or (G) any Person who becomes the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of
the then outstanding shares of Company Common Stock as a result of the
acquisition of shares of Company Common Stock directly from the Company in
one or more transactions approved by the Board of Directors, and (ii) no
Person shall be deemed an "Acquiring Person" as a result of the acquisition
of shares of Company Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing the
number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding, increases the
proportional number of shares beneficially owned by such Person; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if (A) a Person would become an Acquiring Person (but for the
operation of this subclause (ii)) as a result of the acquisition of shares
of Company Common Stock by the Company and (B) after such share acquisition
by the Company, such Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional
shares of Company Common Stock, then such Person shall be deemed an
Acquiring Person unless upon becoming the Beneficial Owner of such
additional shares such Person is the Beneficial Owner of less than 15% of
the then outstanding shares of Company Common Stock. Each Person
identified in subclauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) of this Section (1)(a) is
individually an "EXEMPT PERSON" and collectively "EXEMPT PERSONS."
(b) "AFFILIATE" and "ASSOCIATE" shall have the respective
meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and
Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"EXCHANGE ACT"), as in effect on the date hereof.
(c) A Person shall be deemed the "BENEFICIAL OWNER" of, and
shall be deemed to have "Beneficial Ownership" of, and to "beneficially
own", any securities:
(i) of which such Person or any of such Person's
Affiliates or Associates is considered to be a "beneficial owner"
under Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof (the "EXCHANGE ACT
REGULATIONS"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall not be
deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, to have "Beneficial Ownership"
of, or to "beneficially own", any securities under this
subparagraph (i) as a result of an agreement, arrangement or
understanding to vote such securities if such agreement,
arrangement or understanding (A) arises solely from a revocable
proxy or consent given in response to a public proxy or consent
solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the
applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act
Regulations, and (B) is not reportable by such Person
2
<PAGE>
on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or
successor report);
(ii) which are beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, by any other Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of
such other Person) with which such Person (or any of such
Person's Affiliates or Associates) has any agreement, arrangement
or understanding (whether or not in writing), for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy
or consent as described in the proviso to subparagraph (i) of
this paragraph (c)) or disposing of such securities; or
(iii) which such Person or any of such Person's
Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right
to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only
after the passage of time or upon the satisfaction of conditions)
pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether
or not in writing) or upon the exercise of conversion rights,
exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that under this paragraph (c) a Person shall not be
deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, to have "Beneficial Ownership" of, or to
"beneficially own", (A) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or
exchange offer made in accordance with Exchange Act Regulations by such
Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered
securities are accepted for purchase or exchange, (B) securities that may
be issued upon exercise of Rights at any time prior to the occurrence of a
Triggering Event, or (C) securities that may be issued upon exercise of
Rights from and after the occurrence of a Triggering Event, which Rights
were acquired by such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant to Section 3(c) or
Section 22 hereof (the "ORIGINAL RIGHTS") or pursuant to Section 11(i)
hereof in connection with an adjustment made with respect to any Original
Rights; and FURTHER PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) nothing in this paragraph
(c) shall cause a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of
securities to be the "Beneficial Owner" of, to have "Beneficial Ownership"
of, or to "beneficially own," any securities acquired through such Person's
participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the
expiration of forty days after the date of such acquisition, (y) no
decision reached, or action taken, by the Board of Directors of the Company
or any committee thereof shall cause any Person (or any Affiliate or
Associate of such Person) who is a member of the Board of Directors of the
Company or such committee to be deemed, for the purposes of this Agreement,
to be a "Beneficial Owner" of, to have "Beneficial Ownership" of, or to
"beneficially own" any securities beneficially owned by any other Person
(or any Affiliate or Associate of such Person) who is a member of the Board
of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof solely by reason of
such membership of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or
participation in the decisions or actions thereof on the part of either or
both of such Persons and (z) no Person who is an officer, director or
employee of an Exempt Person shall be deemed, solely by reason of such
Person's status or authority as such, to be the "Beneficial Owner" of, to
have "Beneficial Ownership" of or to "beneficially own" any securities that
are "beneficially
3
<PAGE>
owned" (as defined in this paragraph (c)), including, without limitation,
in a fiduciary capacity, by an Exempt Person or by any other such officer,
director or employee of an Exempt Person.
(d) "BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,
Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the city of San Francisco,
California are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
(e) "CLOSE OF BUSINESS" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M.,
Pacific time, on such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such date is not a
Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., Mountain time, on the next succeeding
Business Day.
(f) "COMMON STOCK" of any Person other than the Company shall
mean the capital stock of such Person with the greatest voting power, or,
if such Person shall have no capital stock, the equity securities or other
equity interest having power to control or direct the management of such
Person.
(g) "COMPANY" means DSP Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
also means a Principal Party to the extent provided in Section 13(a).
(h) "COMPANY COMMON STOCK" has the meaning set forth in the
Whereas Clause.
(i) "DISTRIBUTION DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section
3(a).
(j) "EXPIRATION DATE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(a).
(k) "PERSON" shall mean any individual, partnership, firm,
corporation, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other
entity, as well as any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof.
(l) "PREFERRED STOCK" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock,
par value $.001 per share, of the Company having the voting powers,
designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions set forth
in the Certificate of Designation attached as Exhibit C hereto, as amended
from time to time.
(m) "PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
(n) "RECORD DATE" has the meaning set forth in the Whereas
Clause.
(o) "RIGHT" has the meaning set forth in the Whereas Clause.
(p) "RIGHTS CERTIFICATE" has the meaning set forth in Section
3(a).
(q) "RIGHTS DIVIDEND DECLARATION DATE" has the meaning set forth
in the Whereas Clause.
4
<PAGE>
(r) "SECTION 11(a)(ii) EVENT" shall mean the event described in
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.
(s) "SECTION 13 EVENT" shall mean any event described in clause
(x), (y) or (z) of Section 13(a) hereof.
(t) "STOCK ACQUISITION DATE" shall mean the first date of public
announcement (including, without limitation, the filing of any report, or
any amendment to any report, pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act
(or any comparable or successor report)) by the Company or an Acquiring
Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.
(u) "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean, with reference to any Person, any
other Person of which an amount of voting securities or equity interests
sufficient to elect at least a majority of the directors or equivalent
governing body of such other Person is beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, by such Person, or otherwise controlled by such first-mentioned
Person.
(v) "SUMMARY OF RIGHTS" has the meaning set forth in Section
3(b).
(w) "TRIGGERING EVENT" shall mean any Section 11(a)(ii) Event or
any Section 13 Event.
(x) "UNIT" has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
In addition, the following terms are defined in the Sections
indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Defined Term Section Number
------------ --------------
<S> <C>
Adjustment Shares 11(a)(ii)
common stock equivalents 11(a)(iii)
Current Value 11(a)(iii)
Depositary Agent 7(c)
Equivalent Preferred Stock 11(b)
5
<PAGE>
Exchange Act 1(b)
Exchange Act Regulations 1(c)
Exchange Ratio 34(a)
Exempt Person 1(a)
Final Expiration Date 7(a)
Nasdaq 11(d)(i)
Original Rights 1(c)
Redemption Price 23(a)
Registered Common Stock 13(b)(ii)
Registration Date 9(c)
Registration Statement 9(c)
Section 11(a)(iii) Trigger Date 11(a)(iii)
Securities Act 9(c)
Spread 11(a)(iii)
Substitution Period 11(a)(iii)
Trading Day 11(d)(i)
</TABLE>
Section 2. APPOINTMENT OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Company hereby appoints the
Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and
conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. With
the consent of the Rights Agent, the Company may from time to time appoint such
co-rights agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.
Section 3. ISSUE OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATES. (a) Until the earlier of (i) the
Close of Business on the tenth Business Day after the Stock Acquisition Date,
and (ii) the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day (or such later date as
may be determined by action of a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company prior to the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event) after the date
that a tender or exchange offer by any Person (other than an Exempt Person) is
first published or sent or given within the meaning of Rule 14d-4(a) of the
Exchange Act Regulations or any successor rule, if upon consummation thereof
such Person would be an Acquiring Person (including, in the case of both clauses
(i) and (ii), any such time which is after the date of this Agreement and prior
to the issuance of the Rights)(the earlier of (i) and (ii) above being the
"DISTRIBUTION DATE"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the
provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 3) by the certificates for shares of
Company Common Stock registered in the names of the holders of shares of Company
Common Stock as of and subsequent to the Record Date (which certificates for
shares of Company Common Stock shall be deemed also to be certificates for
Rights) and not by separate certificates, and (y) the Rights will be
transferable only in connection with the transfer of the underlying shares of
Company Common Stock including a transfer to the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that if a tender or exchange offer is terminated prior to the occurrence of a
Distribution Date, then no Distribution Date shall occur as a result of such
tender or exchange offer. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date,
the Rights Agent will send by first-class, insured, postage prepaid mail, to
each record holder of shares of Company Common Stock as of the Close of Business
on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of
the Company, one or more rights certificates, in substantially the form of
Exhibit A hereto (the "RIGHTS CERTIFICATES"), evidencing one Right for each
share of Company Common Stock so held, subject to adjustment as provided herein.
6
<PAGE>
In the event that an adjustment in the number of Rights per share of
Company Common Stock has been made pursuant to Section 11(p) hereof, at the time
of distribution of the Rights Certificates, the Company may make the necessary
and appropriate rounding adjustments (in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof)
so that Rights Certificates representing only whole numbers of Rights are
distributed and cash is paid in lieu of any fractional Rights. As of and after
the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Rights
Certificates.
(b) As promptly as practicable following the Record Date, the Company
will send a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Stock, in
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "SUMMARY OF RIGHTS"),
by first-class, postage prepaid mail, to each record holder of shares of Company
Common Stock as of the Close of Business on the Record Date, at the address of
such holder shown on the records of the Company. With respect to certificates
for Company Common Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the
Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered
in the names of the holders thereof together with the Summary of Rights. Until
the Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the surrender for
transfer of any such certificate for Company Common Stock outstanding as of the
Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights, shall also
constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Company Common Stock
represented thereby.
(c) Rights shall, without any further action, be issued in respect of
all shares of Company Common Stock which are issued (including any shares of
Company Common Stock held in treasury) after the Record Date but prior to the
earlier of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date. Certificates,
representing such shares of Company Common Stock, issued after the Record Date
shall bear the following legend:
This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain
Rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement between DSP Group, Inc. (the
"Company") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (the "Rights Agent") dated as
of June 5, 1997, as amended from time to time (the "Rights Agreement"), the
terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of
which is on file at the principal office of the stock transfer
administration office of the Rights Agent. Under certain circumstances, as
set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by
separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate.
The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the
Rights Agreement, as in effect on the date of mailing, without charge
promptly after receipt of a written request therefor. UNDER CERTAIN
CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, RIGHTS ISSUED TO, OR HELD
BY, ANY PERSON WHO IS, WAS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY AFFILIATE
OR ASSOCIATE THEREOF (AS SUCH TERMS ARE DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT),
WHETHER CURRENTLY HELD BY OR ON BEHALF OF SUCH PERSON OR BY ANY SUBSEQUENT
HOLDER, MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.
With respect to certificates representing shares of Company Common Stock that
bear the foregoing legend, until the earlier of the Distribution Date and the
Expiration Date, the Rights associated with the shares of Company Common Stock
represented by such certificates shall be
7
<PAGE>
evidenced by such certificates alone and registered holders of the shares of
Company Common Stock shall also be the registered holders of the associated
Rights, and the transfer of any of such certificates shall also constitute the
transfer of the Rights associated with the shares of Company Common Stock
represented by such certificates.
Section 4. FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATES. The Rights Certificates (and the
forms of election to purchase, assignment and certificate to be printed on the
reverse thereof) shall each be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A
hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such
legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem
appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement,
or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any rule or
regulation thereunder or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which the Rights may from time to time be listed
or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 and Section 22
hereof, the Rights Certificates, whenever distributed, shall be dated as of the
Record Date and on their face shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such
number of Units of Preferred Stock as shall be set forth therein at the price
set forth therein, but the amount and type of securities, cash or other assets
that may be acquired upon the exercise of each Right and the Purchase Price
thereof shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.
Section 5. COUNTERSIGNATURE AND REGISTRATION . (a) Rights Certificates
shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman, the President or one
of its Vice Presidents under its corporate seal reproduced thereon attested by
its Secretary, Treasurer or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of
any of these officers on the Rights Certificates may be manual or facsimile.
Rights Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of the
individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind
the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to
hold such offices prior to the countersignature of such Rights Certificates or
did not hold such offices at the date of such Rights Certificates. No Rights
Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement or be valid
for any purpose unless there appears on such Rights Certificate a
countersignature duly executed by the Rights Agent by manual signature of an
authorized signatory, and such countersignature upon any Rights Certificate
shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Rights
Certificate has been duly countersigned as required hereunder.
(b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or
cause to be kept, at its office designated for surrender of Rights Certificates
upon exercise or transfer, books for registration and transfer of the Rights
Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the name and address of
each holder of the Rights Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its
face by each Rights Certificate and the date of each Rights Certificate.
Section 6. TRANSFER, SPLIT UP, COMBINATION AND EXCHANGE OF RIGHTS
CERTIFICATES; MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN RIGHTS CERTIFICATES. (a)
Subject to the provisions of Sections 4, 7(e) and 14 hereof, at any time after
the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of
Business on the Expiration Date, any Rights Certificate or Certificates may be
transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Rights Certificate or
Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of Units
of Preferred Stock (or, following a Triggering Event, other securities, cash or
other assets, as the case may be) as the
8
<PAGE>
Rights Certificate or Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to
purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or
exchange any Rights Certificate or Certificates shall make such request in
writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Rights
Certificate or Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged
at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Neither the
Rights Agent nor the Company shall be obligated to take any action whatsoever
with respect to the transfer of any such surrendered Rights Certificate until
the registered holder shall have completed and executed the certificate set
forth in the form of assignment on the reverse side of such Rights Certificate
and shall have provided such additional evidence of the identity of the
Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner) of the Rights represented by such
Rights Certificate or Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall
reasonably request; whereupon the Rights Agent shall, subject to the provisions
of Section 7(e) and Section 14 hereof, countersign and deliver to the Person
entitled thereto a Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates, as the case may
be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Rights Certificates.
(b) Subject to Section 7(e) hereof, if a Rights Certificate shall be
mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, upon request by the registered holder of
the Rights represented thereby and upon payment to the Company and the Rights
Agent of all reasonable expenses incident thereto, there shall be issued, in
exchange for and upon cancellation of the mutilated Rights Certificate, or in
substitution for the lost, stolen or destroyed Rights Certificate, a new Rights
Certificate, in substantially the form of the prior Rights Certificate, of like
tenor and representing the equivalent number of Rights, but, in the case of
loss, theft or destruction, only upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the
Company and the Rights Agent of such loss, theft or destruction of such Rights
Certificate and, if requested by the Company or the Rights Agent, indemnity also
satisfactory to it.
Section 7. EXERCISE OF RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE; EXPIRATION DATE OF RIGHTS.
(a) Prior to the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the tenth anniversary
hereof (the "FINAL EXPIRATION DATE"), (ii) the time at which the Rights are
redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof and (iii) the time at which the Rights
are exchanged as provided in Section 34 hereof (the earlier of (i), (ii) and
(iii) being the "EXPIRATION DATE"), the registered holder of any Rights
Certificate may, subject to the provisions of Sections 7(e), 9(c) and 11(a)(ii)
hereof, exercise the Rights evidenced thereby, in whole or in part, at any time
after the Distribution Date upon surrender of the Rights Certificate, with the
form of election to purchase and the certificate on the reverse side thereof
duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated
for such purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price (as
hereinafter defined) for the number of Units of Preferred Stock (or, following a
Triggering Event, other securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be)
for which such surrendered Rights are then exercisable.
(b) The purchase price for each one one-thousandth of a share (each
such one one-thousandth of a share being a "UNIT") of Preferred Stock upon
exercise of Rights shall be $70.00, subject to adjustment from time to time as
provided in Sections 11 and 13(a) hereof (such purchase price, as so adjusted,
being the "PURCHASE PRICE"), and shall be payable in accordance with paragraph
(c) below.
9
<PAGE>
(c) As promptly as practicable following the occurrence of the
Distribution Date, the Company shall deposit with the Rights Agent or other
corporation in good standing organized under the laws of the United States or
any State of the United States, which is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trust or stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or
examination by federal or state authority (such institution being the
"DEPOSITARY AGENT"), certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock
that may be acquired upon exercise of the Rights and shall cause such Depositary
Agent to enter into an agreement pursuant to which the Depositary Agent shall
issue receipts representing interests in the shares of Preferred Stock so
deposited. Upon receipt of a Rights Certificate representing exercisable Rights,
with the form of election to purchase and the certificate duly executed,
accompanied by payment, with respect to each Right so exercised, of the Purchase
Price for the Units of Preferred Stock (or, following a Triggering Event, other
securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) to be purchased thereby as
set forth below and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax or evidence
satisfactory to the Company of payment of such tax, the Rights Agent shall,
subject to Section 20(k) hereof, thereupon promptly (i) requisition from the
Depositary Agent depositary receipts representing such number of Units of
Preferred Stock as are to be purchased and the Company will direct the
Depositary Agent to comply with such request, (ii) requisition from the Company
the amount of cash, if any, to be paid in lieu of fractional shares in
accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such depositary
receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered
holder of such Rights Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be
designated by such holder, and (iv) after receipt thereof, deliver such cash, if
any, to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Rights Certificate.
In the event that the Company is obligated to issue Company Common Stock, other
securities of the Company, pay cash and/or distribute other property pursuant to
Section 11(a) hereof, the Company will make all arrangements necessary so that
such Company Common Stock, other securities, cash and/or other property are
available for distribution by the Rights Agent, if and when appropriate. The
payment of the Purchase Price (as such amount my be reduced pursuant to Section
11(a)(iii) hereof) may be made in cash or by certified or bank check or money
order payable to the order of the Company.
(d) In case the registered holder of any Rights Certificate shall
exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Rights Certificate
evidencing the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent
and delivered to, or upon the order of, the registered holder of such Rights
Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such
holder, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, from
and after the first occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, any Rights
beneficially owned by (i) an Acquiring Person or an Associate or Affiliate of an
Acquiring Person, (ii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such
Associate or Affiliate) which becomes a transferee after the Acquiring Person
becomes such, or (iii) a transferee of an Acquiring Person (or of any such
Associate or Affiliate) which becomes a transferee prior to or concurrently with
the Acquiring Person becoming such and which receives such Rights pursuant to
either (A) a transfer (whether or not for consideration) from the Acquiring
Person (or any such Associate or Affiliate) to holders of equity interests in
such Acquiring Person (or any such Associate or Affiliate) or to any Person with
whom the Acquiring Person (or such Associate or Affiliate) has any continuing
agreement,
10
<PAGE>
arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights, shares of Company
Common Stock or the Company or (B) a transfer which the Board of Directors has
determined to be part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has as a
primary purpose or effect the avoidance of this Section 7(e), shall be null and
void without any further action, and no holder of such Rights shall have any
rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights, whether under any provision of
this Agreement or otherwise. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to
ensure that the provisions of this Section 7(e) are complied with, but shall
have no liability to any holder of Rights or any other Person as a result of its
failure to make any determination under this Section 7(e) with respect to an
Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees.
(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Rights
Certificate to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor the Company shall be
obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder upon the
occurrence of any purported exercise by such registered holder unless such
registered holder shall have (i) completed and executed the certificate
following the form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse side of the
Rights Certificate surrendered for such exercise, and (ii) provided such
additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former
Beneficial Owner) of the Rights represented by such Rights Certificate or
Affiliates or Associates thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.
Section 8. CANCELLATION AND DESTRUCTION OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATES. All
Rights Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up,
combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or any of its
agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in canceled form,
or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it, and no Rights
Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by
this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation
and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any Rights
Certificates acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof.
The Rights Agent shall deliver all canceled Rights Certificates to the Company.
Section 9. RESERVATION AND AVAILABILITY OF CAPITAL STOCK. (a) The Company
shall at all times prior to the Expiration Date cause to be reserved and kept
available, out of its authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock, the
number of shares of Preferred Stock that, as provided in this Agreement, will be
sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights. Upon the
occurrence of any events resulting in an increase in the aggregate number of
shares of Preferred Stock (or other equity securities of the Company) issuable
upon exercise of all outstanding Rights above the number then reserved, the
Company shall make appropriate increases in the number of shares so reserved to
the extent practicable.
(b) If the shares of Preferred Stock to be issued and delivered upon
the exercise of the Rights may be listed on any national securities exchange or
automated quotation system, the Company shall during the period from the
Distribution Date through the Expiration Date use its best efforts to cause all
securities reserved for such issuance to be listed on such exchange or system
upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.
(c) The Company shall use its best efforts (i) as soon as practicable
following the occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event and a determination by the
Company in accordance with
11
<PAGE>
Section 11(a)(iii) hereof of the consideration to be delivered by the Company
upon exercise of the Rights or, if so required by law, as soon as practicable
following the Distribution Date (such date being the "REGISTRATION DATE"), to
file a registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), with respect to the securities that may
be acquired upon exercise of the Rights (the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT"), (ii) to
cause the Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable
after such filing, (iii) to cause the Registration Statement to continue to be
effective (and to include a prospectus complying with the requirements of the
Securities Act) until the earlier of (A) the date as of which the Rights are no
longer exercisable for the securities covered by the Registration Statement, and
(B) the Expiration Date and (iv) to take as soon as practicable following the
Registration Date such action as may be required to ensure that any acquisition
of securities upon exercise of the Rights complies with any applicable state
securities or "blue sky" laws. The Company may temporarily suspend, for a
period of time not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days after the date set
forth in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 9(c), the
exercisability of the Rights in order to prepare and file such registration
statement and permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the
Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the
Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such
time as the suspension is no longer in effect. In addition, if the Company
shall determine that a registration statement is required following the
Distribution Date, the Company may temporarily suspend the exercisability of the
Rights until such time as a registration statement has been declared effective.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights
shall not be exercisable in any jurisdiction if the requisite qualification in
such jurisdiction shall not have been obtained, the exercise thereof shall not
be permitted under applicable law or a registration statement shall not have
been declared effective.
(d) The Company shall take such action as may be necessary to ensure
that all shares of Preferred Stock (and, following the occurrence of a
Triggering Event, any other securities that may be delivered upon exercise of
Rights) shall be, at the time of delivery of the certificates or depositary
receipts for such securities (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), duly
and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and non-assessable.
(e) The Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or transfer tax
imposed in connection with the issuance or delivery of the Rights Certificates
or upon the exercise of Rights; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Company shall not be
required to pay any such tax imposed in connection with the issuance or delivery
of Units of Preferred Stock, or any certificates or depositary receipts for such
Units of Preferred Stock (or, following the occurrence of a Triggering Event,
any other securities, cash or assets, as the case may be) to any Person other
than the registered holder of the Rights Certificates evidencing the Rights
surrendered for exercise. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver
any certificates or depositary receipts for Units of Preferred Stock (or,
following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, any other securities, cash or
assets, as the case may be) to, or in a name other than that of, the registered
holder upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid
(any such tax being payable by the holder of such Rights Certificate at the time
of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's satisfaction
that no such tax is due.
12
<PAGE>
Section 10. PREFERRED STOCK RECORD DATE. Each Person in whose name any
certificate or depositary receipt for Units of Preferred Stock (or, following
the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) is issued upon the
exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of
record of the Units of Preferred Stock (or, following the occurrence of a
Triggering Event, other securities) represented thereby on, and such certificate
shall be dated, the date upon which the Rights Certificate evidencing such
Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any
applicable transfer taxes) was made; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the date of such
surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Stock (or, following
the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) transfer books of the
Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder
of such securities on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding
Business Day on which the Preferred Stock (or, following the occurrence of a
Triggering Event, other securities) transfer books of the Company are open and,
FURTHER PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if delivery of Units of Preferred Stock (or,
following the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) is delayed
pursuant to Section 9(c) or 11(a)(ii) hereof, such Persons shall be deemed to
have become the record holders of such Units of Preferred Stock (or, following
the occurrence of a Triggering Event, other securities) only when such Units (or
other securities) first become deliverable. Prior to the exercise of the Rights
evidenced thereby, the holder of a Rights Certificate shall not be entitled to
any rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to securities for which
the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to
vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive
rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of
the Company, except as provided herein.
Section 11. ADJUSTMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE, NUMBER AND KIND OF SHARES OR
NUMBER OF RIGHTS. The Purchase Price, the number and kind of securities
purchasable upon exercise of each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are
subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.
(a)(i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of
this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Stock payable in
shares of Preferred Stock, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Stock,
(C) combine the outstanding Preferred Stock into a smaller number of
shares, or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification
of the Preferred Stock (including any such reclassification in connection
with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or
surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a),
the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such
dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or
reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of Preferred Stock or
capital stock, as the case may be, issuable on such date upon exercise of
the Rights, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any
Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive, upon payment
of the Purchase Price then in effect, the aggregate number and kind of
shares of Preferred Stock or capital stock, as the case may be, which, if
such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date, such holder
would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue
of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the
exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of
capital stock of the Company issuable upon the
13
<PAGE>
exercise of one Right. If an event occurs which would require an adjustment
under both this Section 11(a)(i) and Section 11(a)(ii) hereof, the
adjustment provided for in this Section 11(a)(i) shall be in addition to,
and shall be made prior to, any adjustment required pursuant to Section
11(a)(ii) hereof.
(ii) Subject to Section 34 hereof, in the event any Person shall
become an Acquiring Person (the first occurrence of such event being a
"SECTION 11(a)(ii) EVENT"), then (A) the Purchase Price shall be adjusted
to be the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the Section
11(a)(ii) Event multiplied by the number of Units of Preferred Stock for
which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such Section 11(a)(ii)
Event, whether or not such Right was then exercisable, and (B) each holder
of a Right, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a)(ii) and
Section 7(e) and Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall thereafter have the right
to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the Purchase Price
(as so adjusted), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such
number of Units of Preferred Stock as shall equal the result obtained by
dividing the Purchase Price (as so adjusted) by 50% of the current per
share market price of the Preferred Stock (determined pursuant to Section
11(d) hereof) on the date of such Section 11(a)(ii) Event (such Units of
Preferred Stock being the "ADJUSTMENT SHARES"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Purchase Price (as so adjusted) and the number of Units of Preferred Stock
so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall, following the Section
11(a)(ii) Event, be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in
accordance with Section 11 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Rights shall not be exercisable pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii) until
the time period during which the Rights may be redeemed pursuant to Section
23 hereof shall have expired.
(iii) The Company, by the vote of a majority of the Board of
Directors, may at its option substitute for a Unit of Preferred Stock
issuable upon the exercise of Rights in accordance with the foregoing
subparagraph (ii), shares of Company Common Stock or fractions thereof
having a current market price (as determined by Section 11(d) hereof) equal
to the current market price of a Unit of Preferred Stock on the date of the
Section 11(a)(ii) Event. In the event that the number of shares of
Preferred Stock which are authorized by the Company's Restated Certificate
of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes
other than upon exercise of the Rights is not sufficient to permit the
exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing
subparagraph (ii) of this Section 11(a), the Company, by the vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors, shall, to the extent permitted by
applicable law and any material agreements then in effect to which the
Company is a party: (A) determine the excess (such excess being the
"SPREAD") of (1) the aggregate value of the Adjustment Shares issuable upon
the exercise of a Right (the "CURRENT VALUE") over (2) the Purchase Price
(as adjusted in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii)), and (B)
with respect to each Right (other than Rights which have become void
pursuant to Section 7(e)), make adequate provision to substitute, in whole
or in part, for such Adjustment Shares, upon exercise of a Right and
payment of the Purchase Price (as adjusted in accordance with the foregoing
subparagraph (ii)), (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the Purchase Price, (3)
shares of Company Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company
(including, without limitation, shares, or units of shares, of preferred
stock (such other shares being "COMMON STOCK
14
<PAGE>
EQUIVALENTS")), (4) debt securities of the Company, (5) other assets, or
(6) any combination of the foregoing, having an aggregate value which, when
added to the value of the Units of Preferred Stock actually issued upon
exercise of such Right, shall have an aggregate value equal to the Current
Value (less the amount of any reduction in such Purchase Price), where such
aggregate value has been determined by a majority of the Board of
Directors, after receiving advice from a nationally recognized investment
banking firm; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Company shall not have made
adequate provision to deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within
thirty (30) days following the later of (x) the first occurrence of a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event and (y) the date on which the Company's right of
redemption pursuant to Section 23(a) expires (the later of (x) and (y)
being referred to herein as the "SECTION 11(a)(iii) TRIGGER DATE"), then,
subject to Section 34 hereof, the Company shall be obligated (to the extent
permitted by applicable law and any material agreements then in effect to
which the Company is a party) to deliver, upon the surrender for exercise
of a Right and without requiring payment of the Purchase Price, Units of
Preferred Stock (to the extent available) and/or shares (or fractions of
shares, at the discretion of the Board) of Company Common Stock (to the
extent available), and then, if necessary, cash or a combination thereof,
which Units of Preferred Stock, shares (or fractions of shares) of Company
Common Stock and/or cash shall have an aggregate value equal to the Spread.
If, upon the occurrence of the Section 11(a)(ii) Event, a majority of the
Board of Directors elects to issue shares of Company Common Stock upon
exercise of the Rights and determines in good faith that it is likely that
sufficient additional shares of Company Common Stock could be authorized
for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, then, if a majority of
the Board of Directors so elects, the thirty (30) day period set forth
above may be extended to the extent necessary, but not more than ninety
(90) days after the Section II(a)(iii) Trigger Date, in order that the
Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of such
additional shares (such thirty (30) day period, as it may be extended, is
herein called the "SUBSTITUTION PERIOD"). To the extent that the Company
determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the second and/or
third sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide,
subject to Section 7(e) hereof and the last sentence of this subparagraph
(iii), that such action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Rights and
(y) may suspend the exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of
the Substitution Period in order to seek any authorization of additional
shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made
pursuant to such second sentence and to determine the value thereof. For
purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of a Unit of Preferred Stock
or share of Company Common Stock shall be the current market price (as
determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per Unit of Preferred Stock or
share of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, on the Section
11(a)(iii) Trigger Date and the value of any common stock equivalent shall
be deemed to have the same value as a share of Company Common Stock on such
date. A majority of the Board of Directors of the Company may, but shall
not be required to, establish procedures to allocate the right to receive
Units of Preferred Stock or shares of Company Common Stock, as the case may
be, upon the exercise of the Rights among holders of Rights pursuant to
this Section 11(a)(iii).
15
<PAGE>
(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of
rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Stock entitling
them to subscribe for or purchase (for a period expiring within forty-five
calendar days after such record date) shares of Preferred Stock (or shares
having substantially the same rights, privileges and preferences as shares
of Preferred Stock ("EQUIVALENT PREFERRED STOCK")) or securities
convertible into Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Stock at a price
per share of Preferred Stock or per share of Equivalent Preferred Stock (or
having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into
Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Stock) less than the current market
price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of
Preferred Stock on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect
after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase
Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the
numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Preferred
Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of shares of
Preferred Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total number of
shares of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Stock so to be
offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible
securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price,
and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Preferred
Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares
of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Stock to be offered for
subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be
offered are initially convertible) PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event
shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less
than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company
issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may
be paid by delivery of consideration part or all of which may be in a form
other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in
good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors, whose determination
shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be
binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights. Shares of
Preferred Stock owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not
be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such
adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed,
and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued,
the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would
then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for a distribution to
all holders of shares of Preferred Stock (including any such distribution
made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is
the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness, cash
(other than a regular quarterly cash dividend paid out of funds legally
available therefor), assets (other than a dividend payable in shares of
Preferred Stock, but including any dividend payable in stock other than
Preferred Stock) or subscription rights, options or warrants (excluding
those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in
effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the current market price (as
determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of Preferred Stock
on such record
16
<PAGE>
date less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by a majority
of the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be described in a
statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights
Agent and the holder of the Rights) of the cash, assets or evidences of
indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights, options
or warrants distributable in respect of a share of Preferred Stock and the
denominator of which shall be such current market price (as determined
pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of Preferred Stock PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the
exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of
capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such
adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is
fixed, and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase
Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would have been in
effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(d)(i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current
market price" per share of Company Common Stock or Common Stock on any date
shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of
such shares for the ten consecutive Trading Days (as such term is
hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if
prior to the expiration of such requisite ten Trading Day period the issuer
announces either (A) a dividend or distribution on such shares payable in
such shares or securities convertible into such shares (other than the
Rights), or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such
shares, then, following the ex-dividend date for such dividend or the
record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, as the
case may be, the "current market price" shall be properly adjusted to take
into account such event. The closing price for each day shall be, if the
shares are listed and admitted to trading on a national securities
exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting
system with respect to securities listed on the principal national
securities exchange on which such shares are listed or admitted to trading
or, if such shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national
securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the
average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter
market, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market ("NASDAQ") or such other
system then in use, or, if on any such date such shares are not quoted by
any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as
furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such shares
selected by a majority of the Board of Directors. If on any such date no
market maker is making a market in such shares, the fair value of such
shares on such date as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board
of Directors shall be used. If such shares are not publicly held or not so
listed or traded, "current market price" per share shall mean the fair
value per share as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of
Directors, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with
the Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes. The term
"TRADING DAY" shall mean, if such shares are listed or admitted to trading
on any national securities exchange, a day on which the principal national
securities exchange on which such shares are listed or admitted to trading
is open for the transaction of business or, if such shares are not so
listed or admitted, a Business Day.
17
<PAGE>
(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current
market price" per share of Preferred Stock shall be determined in the same
manner as set forth above for Company Common Stock in subparagraph (i) of
this Section 11(d) (other than the fourth sentence thereof). If the current
market price per share of Preferred Stock cannot be determined in the
manner provided above or if the Preferred Stock is not publicly held or
listed or traded in a manner described in subparagraph (i) of this Section
11(d), the "current market price" per share of Preferred Stock shall be
conclusively deemed to be an amount equal to 1,000 (as such amount may be
appropriately adjusted for such events as stock splits, stock dividends and
recapitalizations with respect to Company Common Stock occurring after the
date of this Agreement) multiplied by the current market price per share of
Company Common Stock. If neither Company Common Stock nor Preferred Stock
is publicly held or so listed or traded, "current market price" per share
of the Preferred Stock shall mean the fair value per share as determined in
good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors whose determination
shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be
binding on the Rights Agent and the holders of the Rights. For all purposes
of this Agreement, the "current market price" of a Unit of Preferred Stock
shall be equal to the "current market price" of one share of Preferred
Stock divided by 1,000.
(e) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in
the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require
an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not
required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any
subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be
made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a
share of Preferred Stock, Company Common Stock or Common Stock or other
share or security, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence
of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be
made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the
transaction which mandates such adjustment and (ii) the Expiration Date.
(f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) or
13(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become
entitled to receive any shares of capital stock other than Preferred Stock,
thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of
any Right and the Purchase Price thereof shall be subject to adjustment
from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as
practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Stock contained
in Sections 11(a), (b), (c), (e), (g), (h), (i), (k), (l) and (m), and the
provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 hereof with respect to the
Preferred Stock shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.
(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any
adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to
purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of Units of Preferred
Stock (or other securities or amount of cash or combination thereof) that
may be acquired from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights,
all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.
18
<PAGE>
(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided
in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of
the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c), each Right outstanding
immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter
evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number
of Units of Preferred Stock (calculated to the nearest one
hundred-thousandth of a Unit) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the number of
Units of Preferred Stock covered by a Right immediately prior to such
adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such
adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing the product so obtained
by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the
Purchase Price.
(i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of
the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in lieu of any
adjustment in the number of Units of Preferred Stock that may be acquired
upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after the
adjustment in the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of
Units of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately
prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such
adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights
(calculated to the nearest one hundredth) obtained by dividing the Purchase
Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by
the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase
Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to
adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment,
and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This
record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any
day thereafter, but, if the Rights Certificates have been issued, shall be
at least ten days later than the date of such public announcement. If
Rights Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of
Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as
practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Rights
Certificates on such record date Rights Certificates evidencing, subject to
Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be
entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company,
shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and
replacement for the Rights Certificates held by such holders prior to the
date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company,
new Rights Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders
shall be entitled after such adjustment. Rights Certificates to be so
distributed shal be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner
provided for herein (and may bear, at the option of the Company, the
adjusted Purchase Price) and shall be registered in the names of the
holders of record of Rights Certificates on the record date specified in
the public announcement.
(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or
the number of Units of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of the
Rights, the Rights Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may
continue to express the Purchase Price per Unit and the number of Units of
Preferred Stock which were expressed in the initial Rights Certificates
issued hereunder.
19
<PAGE>
(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing
the Purchase Price below the then par value of the Units of Preferred Stock
or other shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the
Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its
counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally
issue such fully paid and non-assessable Units of Preferred Stock or other
such shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.
(1) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an
adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for
a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of
such event the issuance to the holder of any Right exercised after such
record date of that number of Units of Preferred Stock and shares of other
capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such
exercise over and above the number of Units of Preferred Stock and shares
of other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon
such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such
adjustment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall deliver to such
holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's
right to receive such additional shares (fractional or otherwise) or
securities upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in
addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and
to the extent that in their good faith judgment a majority of the Board of
Directors shall determine to be advisable in order that any (i)
consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Stock, (ii) issuance wholly
for cash of any shares of Preferred Stock at less than the current market
price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of shares of Preferred Stock or
securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of Preferred Stock, (iv) stock dividends or (v) issuance of rights,
options or warrants referred to in this Section 11, hereafter made by the
Company to holders of its Preferred Stock, shall not be taxable to such
holders or shall reduce the taxes payable by such holders.
(n) The Company shall not, at any time after the Distribution Date,
(i) consolidate with any other Person, (ii) merge with or into any other
Person, or (iii) sell or transfer (or permit any Subsidiary to sell or
transfer), in one transaction, or a series of transactions, assets or
earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or earning power of
the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person or
Persons (other than the Company and/or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries
in one or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o)
hereof), if (x) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation,
merger or sale there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or
securities outstanding or agreements in effect which would substantially
diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the
Rights or (y) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such
consolidation, merger or sale, the Person which constitutes, or would
constitute, the "Principal Party" for purposes of Section 13(a) hereof
shall have distributed or otherwise transferred to its shareholders or
other persons holding an equity interest in such Person Rights previously
owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates and Associates; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, this
20
<PAGE>
Section 11(n) shall not affect the ability of any wholly owned Subsidiary
of the Company to consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell or transfer
assets or earning power to, any other wholly owned Subsidiary of the
Company.
(o) After the Distribution Date, the Company shall not, except as
permitted by Section 23, Section 26 or Section 34 hereof, take (or permit
any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time such action is taken it
is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or
otherwise eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.
(p) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event that the Company shall at any time after the Rights Dividend
Declaration Date and prior to the Distribution Date (i) declare a dividend
on the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock payable in shares of
Company Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding shares of Company
Common Stock, (iii) combine the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock
into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital
stock in a reclassification of Company Common Stock (including any such
reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the
Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), the number of Rights
associated with each share of Company Common Stock then outstanding, or
issued or delivered thereafter prior to the Distribution Date or in
accordance with Section 22 hereof, shall be proportionately adjusted so
that the number of Rights thereafter associated with each share of Company
Common Stock following any such event shall equal the result obtained by
multiplying the number of Rights associated with each share of Company
Common Stock immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of
which shall be the total number of shares of Company Common Stock
outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the
denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Company Common
Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of such event.
Section 12. CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTED PURCHASE PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES.
Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 or Section 13 hereof,
the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate setting forth such
adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment,
(b) promptly file with the Rights Agent, and with each transfer agent for the
Preferred Stock and the Company Common Stock, a copy of such certificate, and
(c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Rights Certificate (or, if
prior to the Distribution Date, to each holder of a certificate representing
shares of Company Common Stock) in accordance with Section 25 hereof. The Rights
Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any
adjustment therein contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any
such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.
Section 13. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS OR EARNING
POWER. (a) In the event that, following the first occurrence of a Section
11(a)(ii) Event, directly or indirectly, either (x) the Company shall
consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person, and the Company
shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or
merger, (y) any Person shall consolidate with, or merge with or into, the
Company, and the Company
21
<PAGE>
shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such consolidation or merger
and, in connection with such consolidation or merger, all or part of the
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock shall be changed into or exchanged
for stock or other securities of the Company or any other Person or cash or any
other property, or (z) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or
more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer) to any Person or
Persons (other than the Company or any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries in one
or more transactions each of which complies with Section 11(o) hereof), in one
or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the
assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole)
(any such event being a "SECTION 13 EVENT"), then, and in each such case, proper
provision shall be made so that: (i) each holder of a Right (other than Rights
which have become void as provided in Section 7(e) hereof), shall thereafter
have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the Purchase Price (as
theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof), in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Units of Preferred Stock or
shares of Company Common Stock, such number of validly authorized and issued,
fully paid, non-assessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Stock of the
Principal Party (as such term is hereinafter defined), which shares shall not be
subject to any liens, encumbrances, rights of call or first refusal, transfer
restrictions or other adverse claims, as shall be equal to the result obtained
by dividing the Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) by 50% of the current market price (determined
pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) per share of the Common Stock of such
Principal Party on the date of consummation of such Section 13 Event; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) and the number of shares of Common Stock of such
Principal Party so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to
further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(f) hereof to
reflect any events occurring in respect of the Common Stock of such Principal
Party after the occurrence of such Section 13 Event; (ii) such Principal Party
shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such Section 13
Event, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement;
(iii) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal
Party in all respects; (iv) such Principal Party shall take such steps
(including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of shares
of its Common Stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection with the
consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to assure that the
provisions of this Agreement shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as
reasonably may be, in relation to its shares of Common Stock thereafter
deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights to its shares of Common Stock;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, upon the subsequent occurrence of any merger,
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets, recapitalization,
reclassification of shares, reorganization or other extraordinary transaction in
respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall thereupon be
entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the Purchase Price,
such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property which such holder would
have been entitled to receive had it, at the time of such transaction, owned the
shares of Common Stock of the Principal Party purchasable upon the exercise of a
Right, and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not
limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the
subsequent exercise of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such
cash, shares, rights, warrants and other property; and (v) the provisions of
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall be of no further effect following the first
occurrence of any Section 13 Event.
22
<PAGE>
(b) "Principal Party" shall mean:
(i) in the case of any transaction described in clause (x)
or (y) of the first sentence of Section 13(a) hereof, (A) the Person
that is the issuer of any securities into which shares of Company
Common Stock are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if
there is more than one such issuer, the issuer of Common Stock that
has the highest aggregate current market price (determined pursuant to
Section 11(d) hereof) and (B) if no securities are so issued, the
Person that is the other party to such merger or consolidation, or, if
there is more than one such Person, the Person the Common Stock of
which has the highest aggregate current market price (determined
pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof); and
(ii) in the case of any transaction described in clause (z)
of the first sentence of Section 13(a), the Person that is the party
receiving the largest portion of the assets or earning power
transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if each
Person that is a party to such transaction or transactions receives
the same portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant
to such transaction or transactions or if the Person receiving the
largest portion of the assets or earning power cannot be determined,
whichever Person the Common Stock of which has the highest aggregate
current market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof);
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in any such case, (1) if the Common Stock of
such Person is not at such time and has not been continuously over the
preceding twelve-month period registered under Section 12 of the
Exchange Act ("REGISTERED COMMON STOCK"), or such Person is not a
corporation, and such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of
another Person that has Registered Common Stock outstanding,
"Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person; (2) if the Common
Stock of such Person is not Registered Common Stock or such Person is
not a corporation, and such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary
of another Person but is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of
another Person which has Registered Common Stock outstanding,
"Principal Party" shall refer to the ultimate parent entity of such
first-mentioned Person; (3) if the Common Stock of such Person is not
Registered Common Stock or such Person is not a corporation, and such
Person is directly or indirectly controlled by more than one Person,
and one or more of such other Persons has Registered Common Stock
outstanding, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such other
Persons is the issuer of the Registered Common Stock having the
highest aggregate current market price (determined pursuant to Section
11(d) hereof); and (4) if the Common Stock of such Person is not
Registered Common Stock or such Person is not a corporation, and such
Person is directly or indirectly controlled by more than one Person,
and none of such other Persons have Registered Common Stock
outstanding, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever ultimate
parent entity is the corporation having the greatest stockholders
equity or, if no such ultimate parent entity is a corporation, shall
refer to whichever ultimate parent entity is the entity having the
greatest net assets.
23
<PAGE>
(c) The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger,
sale or transfer unless the Principal Party shall have a sufficient number
of authorized shares of its Common Stock which have not been issued or
reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in
accordance with this Section 13, and unless prior thereto the Company and
such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent
a supplemental agreement providing for the terms set forth in paragraphs
(a) and (b) of this Section 13 and further providing that the Principal
Party, at its own expense, shall:
(i) (A) file on an appropriate form, as soon as practicable
following the execution of such agreement, a registration statement
under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock that may be
acquired upon exercise of the Rights, (B) cause such registration
statement to remain effective (and to include a prospectus complying
with the requirements of the Securities Act) until the Expiration
Date, and (C) as soon as practicable following the execution of such
agreement, take such action as may be required to assure that any
acquisition of such Common Stock upon the exercise of the Rights
complies with any applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws; and
(ii) as soon as practicable following the execution of such
agreement, deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial
statements for the Principal Party and each of its Affiliates which
comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form
10 under the Exchange Act.
(d) In case the Principal Party which is to be a party to a
transaction referred to in this Section 13 has a provision in any of its
authorized securities or in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or
other instrument governing its corporate affairs, which provision would
have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue, in connection
with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of a transaction referred to
in this Section 13, shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party at less
than the then current market price per share (determined pursuant to
Section 11(d) hereof) or securities exercisable for, or convertible into,
Common Stock of such Principal Party at less than such then current market
price (other than to holders of Rights pursuant to this Section 13) or (ii)
providing for any special payment, tax or similar provisions in connection
with the issuance of the Common Stock of such Principal Party pursuant to
the provisions of this Section 13; then, in such event, the Company shall
not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and
such Principal Party shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent
a supplemental agreement providing that the provision in question of such
Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that the
authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision
will have no effect in connection with, or as a consequence of, the
consummation of the proposed transaction.
(e) The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to
successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. In the
event that a Section 13 Event shall occur at any time after the occurrence
of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, the Rights that have
24
<PAGE>
not theretofore been exercised shall thereafter become exercisable in a
manner and for the securities described in Section 13(a).
Section 14. FRACTIONAL RIGHTS AND FRACTIONAL SHARES. (a) The Company
shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Rights
Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of issuing such
fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the Persons to which such fractional
Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to such fraction of
the market value of a whole Right. For purposes of this Section 14(a), the
market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the
Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would
have been otherwise issuable. The closing price of the Rights for any day shall
be, if the Rights are listed or admitted to trading on a national securities
exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system
with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange
on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last
quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked
prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by Nasdaq or such other
system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such
organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by a majority
of the Board of Directors. If on any such date no such market maker is making a
market in the Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in
good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors shall be used and such
determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and
the holders of the Rights.
(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of
Preferred Stock (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one
one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock) upon exercise of the Rights or to
distribute certificates which evidence such fractional shares of Preferred Stock
(other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a
share of Preferred Stock); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in lieu of fractions of
shares of Preferred Stock which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of
a share of Preferred Stock, the Company may provide for the issuance of
depositary receipts pursuant to Section 7(c) hereof. In lieu of such fractional
shares of Preferred Stock that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth
of a share, the Company may pay to the registered holders of Rights Certificates
at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal
to the same fraction of the then current market price of a share of Preferred
Stock on the day of exercise, determined in accordance with Section 11(d)
hereof.
(c) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Rights expressly
waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon
exercise of a Right, except as permitted by this Section 14.
Section 15. RIGHTS OF ACTION. All rights of action in respect of this
Agreement, other than rights of action vested in the Rights Agent pursuant to
Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Rights
Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of
certificates representing shares of Company Common Stock); and any registered
holder of a Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of a
certificate representing shares of Company Common Stock), without the consent of
the Rights Agent or of
25
<PAGE>
the holder of any other Rights Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date,
of a certificate representing shares of Company Common Stock), may, in his own
behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any
suit, action or proceeding against the Company or any other Person to enforce,
or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by
such Rights Certificate in the manner provided in such Rights Certificate and in
this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the
holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights
would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement and
shall be entitled to specific performance of the obligations hereunder and
injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations
hereunder of any Person subject to this Agreement.
Section 16. AGREEMENT OF RIGHTS HOLDERS. Every holder of a Right by
accepting the same consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and
with every other holder of a Right that:
(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be
transferable only in connection with the transfer of Company Common Stock;
(b) after the Distribution Date, the Rights Certificates are
transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered
at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purposes, duly
endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer and with the
appropriate forms and certificates duly executed;
(c) subject to Section 6(a) and Section 7(f) hereof, the Company
and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name a Rights
Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Company
Common Stock certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and
of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership
or writing on the Rights Certificates or the associated Company Common
Stock certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights
Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights
Agent, subject to the last sentence of Section 7 (e) hereof, shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary; and
(d) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,
neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any
holder of a Right or any other Person as a result of its inability to
perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any
preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or ruling issued
by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or
administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or
executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority,
prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Company must use its best efforts to have any such
order, decree or ruling lifted or otherwise overturned as promptly as
practicable.
Section 17. RIGHTS CERTIFICATE HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER. No holder,
as such, of any Rights Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends
or be deemed for any purpose the
26
<PAGE>
holder of the number of shares of Preferred Stock or any other securities of the
Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights
represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Rights
Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Rights Certificate, as
such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for
the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any
meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or,
except as provided in Section 24 hereof, to receive notice of meetings or other
actions affecting stockholders, or to receive dividends or subscription rights,
or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Rights Certificate
shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof. This
Section 17 shall also apply to holders, as such, of Rights prior to the issuance
of Rights Certificates.
Section 18. CONCERNING THE RIGHTS AGENT. (a) The Company agrees to pay to
the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it
hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable
expenses, including reasonable fees and disbursements of its counsel, incurred
in connection with the execution and administration of this Agreement and the
exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company shall indemnify
the Rights Agent for, and hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or
expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the
part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in
connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including
the reasonable costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability
hereunder.
(b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability
for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection
with its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Rights
Certificate or certificate for Preferred Stock or for other securities of the
Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement,
affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement or other
paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, executed
and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged by the proper Person or Persons.
Section 19. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OR CHANGE OF NAME OF RIGHTS AGENT.
(a) Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent
may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate
trust or shareholder services businesses of the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement
without the execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part
of any of the parties hereto; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such corporation would be
eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of
Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed
to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Rights Certificates shall
have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may
adopt the countersignature of a predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Rights
Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Rights
Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may
countersign such Rights Certificates either in the name of the predecessor or in
the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such
27
<PAGE>
Rights Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Rights
Certificates and in this Agreement.
(b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed
and at such time any of the Rights Certificates shall have been countersigned
but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its
prior name and deliver Rights Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that
time any of the Rights Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the
Rights Agent may countersign such Rights Certificates either in its prior name
or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Rights Certificates shall
have the full force provided in the Rights Certificates and in this Agreement.
Section 20. DUTIES OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties
and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and
conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Rights Certificates,
by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:
(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be
legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be
full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to
any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such
opinion.
(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this
Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any
fact or matter (including, without limitation, the identity of any
Acquiring Person and the determination of "current market price") be proved
or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action
hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be
specified herein) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established
by a certificate signed by the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice
President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as any Person is an Acquiring Person
hereunder, such certificate shall be signed and delivered by a majority of
the Board of Directors; and such certificate shall be full authorization to
the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under
the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.
(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any
of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the
Rights Certificates or be required to verify the same (except as to its
countersignature on such Rights Certificates), but all such statements and
recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
(e) The Rights Agent shall not have any responsibility for the
validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the
due execution hereof by the
28
<PAGE>
Rights Agent) or for the validity or execution of any Rights Certificate
(except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any
breach by the Company of any covenant or failure by the Company to satisfy
conditions contained in this Agreement or in any Rights Certificate; nor
shall it be responsible for any adjustment required under the provisions of
Section 11 or Section 13 hereof or for the manner, method or amount of any
such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would
require any such adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights
evidenced by Rights Certificates after receipt by the Rights Agent of the
certificate describing any such adjustment contemplated by Section 12); nor
shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or
warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Preferred
Stock or any other securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or
any Rights Certificate or as to whether any shares of Preferred Stock or
any other securities will, when so issued, be validly authorized and
issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
(f) The Company shall perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver
or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such
further acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by
the Rights Agent for the performance by the Rights Agent of its duties
under this Agreement.
(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept
instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from
the Chairman, the Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Secretary,
any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the
Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in
connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken
or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with instructions
of any such officer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as any Person is an
Acquiring Person hereunder, the Rights Agent shall accept such instructions
and advice only from a majority of the Board of Directors and shall not be
liable for any action taken or suffered to be taken by it in good faith in
accordance with such instructions of a majority of the Board of Directors.
Any application by the Rights Agent for written instructions from the
Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set forth in writing any
action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under this
Rights Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be
taken or such omission shall be effective. The Rights Agent shall not be
liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Rights Agent in
accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the
date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five
Business Days after the date any such officer of the Company actually
receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in
writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the
effective date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have
received written instructions in response to such application specifying
the action to be taken or omitted.
(h) The Rights Agent and any shareholder, director, officer or
employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or
other securities of the Company or have a pecuniary interest in any
transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or
lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and
29
<PAGE>
freely as though it were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing
herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity
for the Company or for any other legal entity.
(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights
or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself
or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be
answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of
any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from
any such act, default, neglect or misconduct; provided, however, reasonable
care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.
(j) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights
Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of its
rights hereunder if the Rights Agent shall have reasonable grounds for
believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against
such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
(k) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to
the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate attached to the
form of assignment or form of election to purchase, as the case may be, has
either not been completed, not signed or indicates an affirmative response
to clause 1 and/or 2 thereof, the Rights Agent shall not take any further
action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first
consulting with the Company. If such certificate has been completed and
signed and shows a negative response to clauses 1 and 2 of such
certificate, unless previously instructed otherwise in writing by the
Company (which instructions may impose on the Rights Agent additional
ministerial responsibilities, but no discretionary responsibilities), the
Rights Agent may assume without further inquiry that the Rights Certificate
is not owned by a Person described in Section 7(e) hereof and shall not be
charged with any knowledge to the contrary.
Section 21. CHANGE OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement
upon thirty days' prior notice in writing mailed to the Company, and to each
transfer agent of the Preferred Stock and the Company Common Stock, by
registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by
first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent upon thirty days' prior notice in writing, mailed to the Rights
Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent
of the Preferred Stock and the Company Common Stock, by registered or certified
mail, and to the holders of the Rights Certificates by first-class mail. If the
Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of
acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the
Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty days after
giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such
resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by
the holder of a Rights Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his
Rights Certificate for inspection by the Company), then any registered holder of
any Rights Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed
by the
30
<PAGE>
Company or by such a court, shall be (a) a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States
in good standing, shall be authorized under applicable laws to exercise
corporate trust or stock transfer powers and shall be subject to supervision or
examination by federal or state authorities or (b) an Affiliate of a corporation
described in clause (a). After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be
vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had
been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the
predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights
Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any
further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later
than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice
theref in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of
the Preferred Stock and the Company Common Stock, and mail a notice thereof in
writing to the registered holders of the Rights Certificates. Failure to give
any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein,
shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the
Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent.
Section 22. ISSUANCE OF NEW RIGHTS CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding any of
the provisions of this Agreement or the Rights to the contrary, the Company may,
at its option, issue new Rights Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as
may be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors to reflect any
adjustment or change made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in
the Purchase Price or the number or kind or class of shares or other securities
or property that may be acquired under the Rights Certificates. In addition, in
connection with the issuance or sale of shares of Company Common Stock following
the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, the Company (a) shall,
with respect to shares of Company Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to the
exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement, or upon the
exercise, conversion or exchange of securities hereinafter issued by the
Company, and (b) may, in any other case, if deemed necessary or appropriate by a
majority of the Board of Directors, issue Rights Certificates representing the
appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or sale; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that (i) no such Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the
extent that, the Company shall be advised by counsel that such issuance would
create a significant risk of material adverse tax consequences to the Company or
the Person to whom such Rights Certificate would be issued, and (ii) no such
Rights Certificate shall be issued if, and to the extent that, appropriate
adjustment shall otherwise have been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.
Section 23. REDEMPTION AND TERMINATION. (a) Subject to Section 30 hereof,
the Company may, at its option, by action of a majority of the Board of
Directors, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the Close of Business on the
tenth Business Day following the Stock Acquisition Date or (ii) the Final
Expiration Date, redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Rights
at a redemption price of $.01 per Right, as such amount may be appropriately
adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction
occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being the "REDEMPTION
PRICE"). The Company may, at its option, by action of a majority of the Board
of Directors, pay the Redemption Price either in shares of Company Common Stock
(based on the "current market price", as defined in Section 11(d) hereof, of the
shares of Company Common Stock at the time of redemption) or cash and the
31
<PAGE>
redemption of the Rights shall be effective on the basis and with such
conditions as the Board of Directors may in its sole discretion establish.
(b) Immediately upon the action of a majority of the Board of
Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, evidence of which shall be
filed with the Rights Agent, and without any further action and without any
notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right
thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price for
each Right so held. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such
redemption; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any
such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Promptly after
the action of a majority of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of
the Rights, the Company shall give notice of such redemption to the Rights Agent
and the holders of the then outstanding Rights by mailing such notice to all
such holders at each holder's last address as it appears upon the registry books
of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of
the transfer agent for the Company Common Stock. Any notice which is mailed in
the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder
receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by
which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.
Section 24. NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS. (a) In case the Company shall
propose, at any time after the Distribution Date, (i) to pay any dividend
payable in stock of any class to the holders of Preferred Stock or to make any
other distribution to the holders of Preferred Stock (other than a regular
quarterly cash dividend paid out of funds legally available therefor), (ii) to
offer to the holders of Preferred Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or
to purchase any additional shares of Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any
class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any
reclassification of its Preferred Stock (other than a reclassification involving
only the subdivision of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock), (iv) to effect
any consolidation or merger into or with any other Person, or to effect any sale
or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any
sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of more than 50% of the
assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole)
to any other Person or Persons (other than a transfer by the Company and/or any
of its wholly owned Subsidiaries in one or more transactions each of which
complies with Section 11(o) hereof), or (v) to effect the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, then, in each such case, the Company
shall give to each holder of a Rights Certificate, to the extent feasible and in
accordance with Section 25 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall
specify the record date for the purposes of such stock dividend, distribution of
rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation,
merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place
and the date of participation therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred
Stock, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the
case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least twenty (20) days
prior to the record date for determining holders of th shares of Preferred Stock
for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least
twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the
date of participation therein by the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock
whichever shall be the earlier; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, no such notice shall be
required pursuant to this Section 24, if any wholly owned Subsidiary of the
Company effects a consolidation or merger with or into, or effects a sale or
other transfer of assets or earnings power to, any other wholly owned Subsidiary
of the Company.
32
<PAGE>
(b) In case any Triggering Event shall occur, then, in any such case,
(i) the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a
Rights Certificate, to the extent feasible and in accordance with Section 25
hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which shall specify the event
and the consequences of the event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii)
or Section 13 hereof, as the case may be.
Section 25. NOTICES. All notices and other communications provided for
hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including by
telex, telegram or cable) and mailed or sent or delivered, if to the Company, at
its address at:
DSP Group, Inc.
3120 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, California 95054
Attention: President
and if to the Rights Agent, at its address at:
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A.
161 North Concord Exchange
South St. Paul, Minnesota 55075
Attention: Shareowner Services Department
Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the
Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Rights Certificate (or, if
prior to the Distribution Date, to the holder of certificates representing
shares of Company Common Stock) shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of
such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.
Section 26. SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. Prior to the Distribution Date
and subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 26, the Company and the
Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or amend any provision
of this Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of
certificates representing shares of Company Common Stock. From and after the
Distribution Date and subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 26,
the Company and the Rights Agent shall, if the Company so directs, supplement or
amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Rights Certificates
in order (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision
contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other
provisions herein, (iii) to shorten or lengthen any time period hereunder, or
(iv) to change or supplement the provisions hereunder in any manner which the
Company may deem necessary or desirable and which shall not adversely affect the
interests of the holders of Rights Certificates (other than an Acquiring Person
or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
this Agreement may not be supplemented or amended to lengthen, pursuant to
clause (iii) of this sentence, (A) subject to Section 30 hereof, a time period
relating to when the Rights may be redeemed at such time as the Rights are not
then redeemable, or (B) any other time period unless such lengthening is for the
purpose of protecting, enhancing or clarifying the rights of, and/or the
benefits to, the holders of Rights. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an
appropriate officer of the Company or, so long as any Person is
33
<PAGE>
an Acquiring Person hereunder, from the majority of the Board of Directors which
states that the proposed supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms
of this Section 26, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no
supplement or amendment shall be made which changes the Redemption Price, the
Purchase Price, the Expiration Date or the number of Units of Preferred Stock or
other securities or assets for which a Right is exercisable without the approval
of a majority of the Board of Directors, and (ii) following the occurrence of a
Section 11(a)(ii) Event, no supplement or amendment whatsoever shall be made
without the approval of the Board of Directors. Prior to the Distribution Date,
the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the
interests of the holders of Company Common Stock.
Section 27. SUCCESSORS. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement
by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to
the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
Section 28. DETERMINATIONS AND ACTIONS BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, ETC.
For all purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of
Company Common Stock outstanding at any particular time, including for purposes
of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares of Company
Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in
accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the Exchange Act
Regulations as in effect on the date hereof. Except as otherwise specifically
provided herein, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the exclusive
power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise all rights and
powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors or to the Company, or as
may be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the right and power (i) to interpret the
provisions of this Agreement, and (ii) to make all determinations deemed
necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement. All such
actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations (including, for
purposes of clause (y) below, all omissions with respect to the foregoing) which
are done or made by the Board of Directors in good faith shall (x) be final,
conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the
Rights and all other parties, and (y) not subject the Board or any member
thereof to any liability to the holders of the Rights.
Section 29. BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT. Nothing in this Agreement shall
be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and
the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the
Distribution Date, registered holders of shares of Company Common Stock) any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this
Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights
Agent and the registered holders of the Rights Certificates (and, prior to the
Distribution Date, registered holders of shares of Company Common Stock).
Section 30. SEVERABILITY. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction
of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other
authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms,
provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the
contrary,
34
<PAGE>
if any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held by such court or
authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable and a majority of the Board of
Directors determines in its good faith judgment that severing the invalid
language from this Agreement would adversely affect the purpose or effect of
this Agreement and the Rights shall not then be redeemable, the right of
redemption set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated and shall not
expire until the Close of Business on the tenth Business Day following the date
of such determination by a majority of the Board of Directors.
Section 31. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement, each Right and each Rights
Certificate issued hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts executed in and
to be performed entirely in such State.
Section 32. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed (including by
facsimile) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.
Section 33. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. The headings contained in this
Agreement are for descriptive purposes only and shall not affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 34. EXCHANGE. (a) The Company, upon resolution of a majority of
the Board of Directors may, at its option, at any time after the first
occurrence of a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, exchange all or part of the then
outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have
become void pursuant to Section 7(e) hereof) for Units of Preferred Stock or
shares of Company Common Stock (at the election of the Board of Directors) at an
exchange ratio of one Unit of Preferred Stock or one share of Company Common
Stock, as the case may be, per Right, as appropriately adjusted to reflect any
stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date
hereof (such exchange ratio being the "EXCHANGE RATIO"). Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange
at any time after any Person (other than an Exempt Person), together with all
Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of shares
of Company Common Stock aggregating 50% or more of the shares of Company Common
Stock then outstanding. From and after the occurrence of a Section 13(a) Event,
any Rights that theretofore have not been exchanged pursuant to this Section
34(a) shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with Section 13 and may
not be exchanged pursuant to this Section 34(a). The exchange of the Rights by
the Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such basis and
with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may
establish.
(b) Immediately upon the action of a majority of the Board of
Directors ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to Section 34(a) and
without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such
Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights
shall be to receive that number of Units of Preferred Stock or shares of Company
Common Stock, as the case may be, equal to the number of such Rights held by
such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give
public notice of any such exchange; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give,
or any defect in, such notice shall not
35
<PAGE>
affect the validity of such exchange. The Company promptly shall mail a notice
of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last
addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice
which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or
not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange shall state the
method by which the exchange of Units of Preferred Stock or shares of Company
Common Stock, as the case may be, for Rights will be effected and, in the event
of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any
partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other
than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 7(e)
hereof) held by each holder of Rights.
(c) In the event that the number of shares of Preferred Stock or
Company Common Stock, as the case may be, which are authorized by the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for
issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights are not sufficient
to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section
34, the Company, upon a resolution of a majority of the Board of Directors,
shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of
Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock, as the case may be, for issuance upon
exchange of the Rights or make adequate provision to substitute, in whole or in
part, (1) cash, (2) other equity securities of the Company, (3) debt securities
of the Company, (4) other assets, or (5) any combination of the foregoing,
having an aggregate value for each Right to be exchanged equal to the per share
market price of one Unit of Preferred Stock or share of Company Common Stock, as
the case may be (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) as of the date of
a Section 11(a)(ii) Event, where such aggregate value has been determined by a
majority of the Board of Directors.
(d) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Units of
Preferred Stock or fractions of shares of Company Common Stock or to distribute
certificates which evidence fractional Units or fractional shares. In lieu of
issuing fractional Units or fractional shares, the Company may pay to the
registered holders of Rights Certificates at the time such Rights are exchanged
as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current
market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) of one Unit of
Preferred Stock or one share of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, on the
Trading Day immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this Section
34.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
Attest: DSP GROUP, INC.
By: /s/ Avi Basher By: /s/ Eliyahu Ayalon
--------------------------------------- ---------------------------
Name: Avi Basher Name: Eliyahu Ayalon
Title: Vice President of Finance, Title: President and Chief
Chief Financial Officer Executive Officer
36
<PAGE>
and Secretary
Attest: NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.
By: /s/ Karri L. VanDell By: /s/ John Baker
--------------------------------------- --------------------------------
Name: Karri L. VanDell Name: John Baker
-------------------------------- ------------------------------
Title: AVP Title: Account Manager
------------------------------- -----------------------------
37
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF RIGHTS CERTIFICATE
Certificate No. ______ ______ Rights
NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT
REFERRED TO BELOW). THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE, AT THE
OPTION OF THE COMPANY, ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER
CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES (SPECIFIED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT), RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY
OWNED BY ACQUIRING PERSONS (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) OR ANY
SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.
Rights Certificate
DSP GROUP, INC.
This certifies that ______________________, or registered assigns, is the
registered holder of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which
entitles the registered holder thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of
the Rights Agreement dated as of June 5, 1997, as amended from time to time (the
"Rights Agreement"; terms defined therein are used herein with the same meaning
unless otherwise defined herein) between DSP Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights Agent (which term
shall include any successor Rights Agent under the Rights Agreement), to
purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date and prior to
the Expiration Date at the office of the Rights Agent, one one-thousandth (a
"Unit") of a fully paid and non-assessable share of Series A Preferred Stock,
par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), of the Company at the
Purchase Price initially of $70.00 per one one-thousandth share (each such one
one-thousandth of a share being a "Unit") of Preferred Stock, upon presentation
and surrender of this Rights Certificate with the Election to Purchase and
related certificate duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Rights
Certificate (and the number of Units which may be purchased upon exercise
thereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price per Unit set forth above shall
be subject to adjustment in certain events as provided in the Rights Agreement.
UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF A SECTION 11(a)(ii) EVENT, IF THE RIGHTS EVIDENCED
BY THIS RIGHTS CERTIFICATE ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR AN
AFFILIATE OR ASSOCIATE OF ANY SUCH ACQUIRING PERSON OR, UNDER CERTAIN
CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, A TRANSFEREE OF ANY SUCH
ACQUIRING PERSON, ASSOCIATE OR AFFILIATE, SUCH RIGHTS SHALL BECOME NULL AND VOID
AND NO HOLDER HEREOF SHALL HAVE ANY RIGHT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH RIGHTS FROM AND
AFTER THE OCCURRENCE OF SUCH SECTION 11(a)(ii) EVENT.
1
<PAGE>
In certain circumstances described in the Rights Agreement, the Rights
evidenced hereby may entitle the registered holder thereof to purchase capital
stock of an entity other than the Company or receive common stock, cash or other
assets, all as provided in the Rights Agreement.
This Rights Certificate is subject to all of the terms and conditions of
the Rights Agreement, which terms and conditions are hereby incorporated herein
by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is
hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company
and the holders of the Rights Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are
on file at the principal office of the Company and are available from the
Company upon written request.
This Rights Certificate, with or without other Rights Certificates, upon
surrender at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be
exchanged for another Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates of like tenor
and date evidencing an aggregate number of Rights equal to the aggregate number
of Rights evidenced by the Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates
surrendered. If this Rights Certificate shall be exercised in part, the
registered holder shall be entitled to receive, upon surrender hereof, another
Rights Certificate or Rights Certificates for the number of whole Rights not
exercised.
Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by
this Certificate may be (x) redeemed by the Company under certain circumstances
at its option at a redemption price of $.01 per Right, payable at the Company's
option in cash or in common stock of the Company, subject to adjustment in
certain events as provided in the Rights Agreement, or (y) exchanged for Units
of Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock of the Company or other
consideration.
No fractional shares of Preferred Stock will be issued upon the exercise of
any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral
multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock or depositary
receipts representing such fractions), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will
be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.
No holder of this Rights Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or
receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of Preferred Stock or
of any other securities which may at any time be issuable on the exercise
hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be
construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or
withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or
other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights
Agreement), or to receive dividends of subscription rights, or otherwise, until
the Rights
2
<PAGE>
evidenced by this Rights Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in
the Rights Agreement.
This Rights Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose
until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.
WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company.
Dated as of _________________, __________
DSP GROUP, INC.
By:
----------------------------
Name:
Title:
By:
----------------------------
Name:
Title:
Countersigned:
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.
as Rights Agent
By:
--------------------------------
Name:
Title:
3
<PAGE>
[Form of Reverse Side of Rights Certificate]
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to
transfer the Rights Certificate.)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED ____________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto:___________________________________________________________(Please print
name and address of transferee) ___________________________________ this Rights
Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _____________________ Attorney, to
transfer the within Rights Certificate on the books of the within-named Company,
with full power of substitution.
Dated , 199
----------------- ---
--------------------------------
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
CERTIFICATE
The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes in (1)
and (2) that:
(1) this Rights Certificate [ ] is [ ] is not being sold, assigned and
transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring Person or an
Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring Person (as such terms are defined
pursuant to the Rights Agreement); and
(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, it
[ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate
from any Person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring Person or an
Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.
Dated , 199
------------------- ---
---------------------------------
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
4
<PAGE>
NOTICE
The signature to the foregoing Assignment and Certificate must correspond
to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
Signatures must be guaranteed by an approved eligible financial institution
acceptable to the Rights Agent in its sole discretion or by a participant in the
Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchange Medallion
Program or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program.
In the event the certification set forth above is not completed, the
Company will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights
Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as
defined in the Rights Agreement) and, in the case of an Assignment, will affix a
legend to that effect on any Rights Certificates issued in exchange for this
Rights Certificate.
5
<PAGE>
FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE
(To be executed if the registered holder desires to exercise
Rights represented by the Rights Certificate.)
To: DSP GROUP, INC.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ____________________
Rights represented by this Rights Certificate to purchase the Units of Preferred
Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Rights (or such other securities of the
Company or of any other person or other property which may be issuable upon the
exercise of the Rights) and requests that certificates for such Units be issued
in the name of and delivered to: __________________________________
________________________________________________________________________ (Please
print name and address) _______________________________ (Please insert social
security or other identifying number).
If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this
Rights Certificate, a new Rights Certificate for the balance of such Rights
shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:
__________________________________________________________
(Please print name and address) ______________________________________________
(Please insert social security or other identifying number).
Dated , 199
------------------- ---
---------------------------------
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
CERTIFICATE
The undersigned hereby certifies by checking the appropriate boxes in (1)
and (2) that:
(1) the Rights evidenced by this Rights Certificate [ ] are [ ] are not
beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or an Associate
thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement); and
(2) after due inquiry and to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the
undersigned [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights evidenced by this Rights
Certificate from any person who is, was or subsequently became an Acquiring
Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof.
Dated: , 199
-------------------- --
---------------------------------
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
6
<PAGE>
NOTICE
The signature in the foregoing Election to Purchase and Certificate must
conform to the name as written upon the face of this Rights Certificate in every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
Signatures must be guaranteed by an approved eligible financial institution
acceptable to the Rights Agent in its sole discretion or by a participant in the
Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the Stock Exchange Medallion
Program or the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program.
In the event the certification set forth above is not completed, the
Company will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Rights
Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as
defined in the Rights Agreement) and, in the case of an Assignment, will affix a
legend to that effect on any Rights Certificates issued in exchange for this
Rights Certificate.
7
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT B
UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
(SPECIFIED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT),
RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY ACQUIRING PERSONS
(AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT)
OR ANY SUBSEQUENT HOLDER OF SUCH RIGHTS
MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.
SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK
On June 5, 1997, the Board of Directors of DSP Group, Inc. (the "Company")
authorized and declared a dividend distribution of one Right for each
outstanding share of its common stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Company
Common Stock"), to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 10,
1997 (the "Record Date"), and authorized the issuance of one Right with each
share of Company Common Stock issued (including shares distributed from
Treasury) by the Company thereafter between the Record Date and the Distribution
Date (as defined below). Each Right entitles the registered holder, subject to
the terms of the Rights Agreement (as defined below), to purchase from the
Company one one-thousandth of a share (a "Unit") of Series A Preferred Stock,
par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), at a purchase price of $70.00
per Unit, subject to adjustment. The purchase price is payable in cash or by
certified or bank check or money order payable to the order of the Company. The
description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement between
the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights Agent, dated as of June
5, 1997, as amended from time to time (the "Rights Agreement").
Copies of the Rights Agreement and the Certificate of Designation for the
Preferred Stock have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
exhibits to a Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated June 6, 1997. Copies of
the Rights Agreement and the Certificate of Designation are available free of
charge from the Company by contacting the Company's Secretary. This summary
description of the Rights and the Preferred Stock does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all of the provisions
of the Rights Agreement and the Certificate of Designation, including the
definitions therein of certain terms, which Rights Agreement and Certificate of
Designation are incorporated herein by reference.
THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Initially, the Rights will attach to all certificates representing shares
of outstanding Company Common Stock, and no separate certificates evidencing the
Rights (the "Rights Certificates") will be distributed. The Rights will separate
from the Company Common Stock and the "Distribution Date" will occur upon the
earlier of (i) ten business days following a public announcement (the date of
such announcement being the "Stock Acquisition Date") that a person or group of
affiliated or associated persons has acquired or otherwise obtained beneficial
ownership of 15% or more of the then
B-1
<PAGE>
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (an "Acquiring Person"), or (ii) ten
business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of
Directors prior to such time as any person becomes an Acquiring Person)
following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would result
in a person or group beneficially owning 15% or more of the then outstanding
shares of Company Common Stock. Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights
will be evidenced by Company Common Stock certificates and will be transferred
with and only with such Company Common Stock certificates, (ii) new Company
Common Stock certificates issued after the Record Date (also including shares
distributed from Treasury) will contain a notation incorporating the Rights
Agreement by reference and (iii) the surrender for transfer of any certificates
representing outstanding Company Common Stock will also constitute the transfer
of the Rights associated with the Company Common Stock represented by such
certificates.
An "Acquiring Person" does not include (A) the Company, (B) any subsidiary
of the Company, (C) any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any
of its subsidiaries, (D) any trustee or fiduciary with respect to such employee
benefit plan acting in such capacity or a trustee or fiduciary holding shares of
Company Common Stock for the purpose of funding any such plan or employee
benefits, (E) any person who has reported or is required to report such
beneficial ownership on Schedule 13G under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act"), but only so long as (x) such person is eligible
to report such ownership on Schedule 13(G) under the Exchange Act, (y) such
person (or any other person) has not reported and is not required to report such
ownership on Schedule 13(D) under the Exchange Act, and (z) such person does not
beneficially own 20% or more of the shares of Company Common Stock then
outstanding, (F) any person if the Board of Directors determines in good faith
that such person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person" became such
inadvertently and without any intention of changing or influencing control of
the Company, and as promptly as practicable such person divested or divests
itself of beneficial ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Company
Common Stock so that such person would no longer beneficially own 15% or more of
the then outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, and after becoming aware
that such person would inadvertently be an "Acquiring Person" (but for the
operation of this clause) such person does not beneficially own any additional
shares, unless such person's beneficial ownership of Company Common Stock is
less than 15% of the then outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, or (G) any
person who becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the then outstanding
shares of Company Common Stock as a result of the acquisition of shares of
Company Common Stock directly from the Company in one or more transactions. In
addition, no person shall be deemed an "Acquiring Person" as a result of the
acquisition of shares of Company Common Stock by the Company which, by reducing
the number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding, increases the
proportional number of shares beneficially owned by such person; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if (A) a person would become an "Acquiring Person" (but for the
operation of this provision) as a result of the acquisition of shares of Company
Common Stock by the Company and (B) after such share acquisition by the Company,
such person becomes the
B-2
<PAGE>
beneficial owner of any additional shares of Company Common Stock, then such
person shall be deemed an "Acquiring Person."
The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will expire
at the close of business on the tenth anniversary of the Rights Agreement unless
earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company as described below. Under certain
circumstances the exercisability of the Rights may be suspended. In no event,
however, will the Rights be exercisable prior to the expiration of the period in
which the Rights may be redeemed.
As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, Rights Certificates
will be mailed to holders of record of Company Common Stock as of the close of
business on the Distribution Date and, thereafter, the separate Rights
Certificates alone will represent the Rights.
In the event that a person becomes an Acquiring Person, then, in such case,
each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise,
Units of Preferred Stock or, at the option of the Board of Directors, shares of
Company Common Stock (or, in certain circumstances, Company Common Stock, cash,
property or other securities of the Company) having a value equal to two times
the exercise price of the Right. The exercise price is the purchase price
multiplied by the number of Units of Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of a
Right prior to the event described in this paragraph. Notwithstanding any of
the foregoing, following the occurrence of the event set forth in this
paragraph, all Rights that are, or (under certain circumstances specified in the
Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person will be null
and void.
In the event that, at any time following the date that any person becomes
an Acquiring Person, (i) the Company is acquired in a merger or other business
combination transaction and the Company is not the surviving corporation,
(ii) any person merges with the Company and all or part of the Company Common
Stock is converted or exchanged for securities, cash or property of the Company
or any other person or (iii) 50% or more of the Company's assets or earning
power are sold or transferred, each holder of a Right (except Rights which
previously have been voided as described above) shall thereafter have the right
to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the Acquiring Person having a value
equal to two times the exercise price of the Right.
The purchase price payable, and the number of Units of Preferred Stock
issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject to adjustment from time to
time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a
subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Preferred Stock, (ii) if
holders of the Preferred Stock are granted certain rights or warrants to
subscribe for Preferred Stock or convertible securities at less than the current
market price of the Preferred Stock, or (iii) upon the distribution to the
holders of the Preferred Stock of evidences of indebtedness, cash or assets
(excluding regular quarterly cash dividends) or of subscription rights or
warrants (other than those referred to above).
B-3
<PAGE>
With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the purchase price will be
required until cumulative adjustments amount to at least 1% of the purchase
price. The Company is not required to issue fractional shares of Preferred Stock
(other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a
share of Preferred Stock which may be evidenced by depositary receipts). In
lieu thereof, an adjustment in cash may be made based on the current market
price of a share of Preferred Stock on the day of exercise.
At any time until ten business days following the Stock Acquisition Date, a
majority of the Board of Directors may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in
part, at a price of $.01 per Right (subject to adjustment in certain events)
(the "Redemption Price") payable, at the election of the majority of the Board
of Directors, in cash or shares of Company Common Stock. Immediately upon the
action of a majority of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the
Rights, the Rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of Rights
will be to receive the Redemption Price.
The Company may at any time after there is an Acquiring Person, by action
of a majority of the Board of Directors, exchange all or part of the then
outstanding and exercisable Rights (other than Rights that shall have become
null and void) for Units of Preferred Stock or shares of Company Common Stock
pursuant to a one-for-one exchange ratio, as adjusted.
Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right
to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of the Rights will not
be taxable to stockholders or to the Company, stockholders may, depending upon
the circumstances, recognize taxable income in the event that the Rights become
exercisable for Units of Preferred Stock (or other consideration).
Any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended without the
approval of the holders of Company Common Stock at any time prior to the
Distribution Date. After the Distribution Date, the provisions of the Rights
Agreement may be amended in order to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, to make changes which do not adversely affect the interests of
holders of Rights (excluding the interests of any Acquiring Person), or to
shorten or lengthen any time period under the Rights Agreement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no amendment to adjust (i) the time period governing redemption
shall be made at such time as the Rights are not redeemable or (ii) any other
time period unless such lengthening is for the purpose of protecting, enhancing
or clarifying the Rights of and/or benefiting, the holders of Rights. In
addition, after a person becomes an Acquiring Person, no amendment or supplement
may be made without the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors.
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK
The Units of Preferred Stock that may be acquired upon exercise of the
Rights will be nonredeemable and subordinate to any other shares of preferred
stock that may be issued by the Company.
B-4
<PAGE>
Each Unit of Preferred Stock will have a minimum preferential quarterly
dividend of $.01 per Unit or any higher per share dividend declared on the
Company Common Stock.
In the event of liquidation, the holder of a Unit of Preferred Stock will
receive a preferred liquidation payment equal to the greater of $.01 per Unit
and the per share amount paid in respect of a share of the Company Common Stock.
Each Unit of Preferred Stock will have one vote, voting together with the
Company Common Stock.
In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which
shares of Company Common Stock are exchanged, each Unit of Preferred Stock will
be entitled to receive the per share amount paid in respect of each share of
Company Common Stock.
The rights of holders of the Preferred Stock with respect to dividends,
liquidation and voting, and in the event of mergers and consolidations, are
protected by customary antidilution provisions.
Because of the nature of the Preferred Stock's dividend, liquidation and
voting rights, the economic value of one Unit of Preferred Stock that may be
acquired upon the exercise of each Right should approximate the economic value
of one share of Company Common Stock.
B-5
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT C
CERTIFICATE OF DETERMINATION OF PREFERENCES
of
SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
of
DSP GROUP, INC.
-------------------------------------
(Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware)
-------------------------------------
The undersigned officers of DSP Group, Inc., a corporation organized and
existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Corporation"), in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 thereof, DO
HEREBY CERTIFY:
That, pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of
the Corporation by its Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Certificate"), the said Board of Directors, at a duly called meeting held on
January 29, 1997, at which a quorum was present and acted throughout, adopted
the following resolution, which resolution remains in full force and effect on
the date hereof creating a series of 200,000 shares of Preferred Stock having a
par value of $.001 per share, designated as Series A Preferred Stock (the
"Series A Preferred Stock") out of the class of 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock of the par value of $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"):
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors
in accordance with the provisions of its Certificate, the Board of Directors
does hereby create, authorize and provide for 200,000 shares of its authorized
Preferred Stock to be designated and issued as the Series A Preferred Stock,
having the voting powers, designation, relative, participating, optional and
other special rights, preferences and qualifications, limitations and
restrictions that are set forth as follows:
Section 1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares
of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share, are designated "Series A
Preferred Stock" with the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions
specified herein (the "Series A Preferred Stock"). Such number of shares may be
increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; PROVIDED, that
no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a
number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or
warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the
Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.
Section 2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
(A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any
shares of any other series of Preferred Stock or any other shares of stock of
the Corporation ranking prior and
C-1
<PAGE>
superior to the shares of Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends,
each holder of one one-thousandth (1/1000) of a share (a "Unit") of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the
Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, (i)
quarterly dividends payable in cash on the last day of February, May, August and
November in each year (each such date being a "Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first
issuance of such Unit of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per Unit
(rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $.01 or (b) subject to
the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, the aggregate per share
amount of all cash dividends declared on shares of the Common Stock since the
immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of
Series A Preferred Stock, and (ii) subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, quarterly distributions (payable in kind) on each
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date in an amount per Unit equal to the aggregate per
share amount of all non-cash dividends or other distributions (other than a
dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise) declared on shares of
Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or
with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first
issuance of a Unit of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event that the
Corporation shall at any time after June 5, 1997 (the "Rights Declaration Date")
(i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares
of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii)
combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then
in each such case the amount to which the holder of a Unit of Series A Preferred
Stock was entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the
preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction
the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.
(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on Units
of Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after
it declares a dividend or distribution on the shares of Common Stock (other than
a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, in the
event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock
during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next
subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $.01 per Unit on the
Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and shall be cumulative on each
outstanding Unit of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date next preceding the date of issuance of such Unit of Series A Preferred
Stock, unless the date of issuance of such Unit is prior to the record date for
the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case, dividends on such Unit
shall begin to accrue from the date of issuance of such Unit, or unless the date
of issuance is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record
date for the determination of holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock
entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and
be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
C-2
<PAGE>
Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on Units of
Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the aggregate amount of all such
dividends at the time accrued and payable on such Units shall be allocated pro
rata on a unit-by-unit basis among all Units of Series A Preferred Stock at the
time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the
determination of holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to
receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record
date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment
thereof.
Section 3. VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock
shall have the following voting rights:
(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth,
each Unit of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one
vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.
In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date
(i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares
of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii)
combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,
then in each such case the number of votes per Unit to which holders of Units of
Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be
adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which shall
be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event
and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that
were outstanding immediately prior to such event; and
(B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in the Certificate or the
Bylaws of the Corporation or as required by law, the holders of Units of Series
A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together
as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the
Corporation, and such holders shall have no special voting rights and their
consents shall not be required for taking any corporate action.
Section 4. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.
(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable on Units of Series A Preferred Stock as provided herein are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not declared, on outstanding Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall have
been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:
(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other
distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
any shares of junior stock;
(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other
distributions on any shares of parity stock, except dividends paid ratably on
Units of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of all such parity stock on which
dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which
the holders of such Units and all such shares are then entitled;
C-3
<PAGE>
(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
consideration shares of any parity stock, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any
such parity stock in exchange for shares of any junior stock; or
(iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any
Units of Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer
made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to
all holders of such Units.
(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of
this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
such manner.
Section 5. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any Units of Series A Preferred Stock
purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever
shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such
Units shall, upon their cancellation, become authorized but unissued shares (or
fractions of shares) of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new
series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of the
Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set
forth herein.
Section 6. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.
(A) Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (i) to the holders
of shares of junior stock unless the holders of Units of Series A Preferred
Stock shall have received, subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided in
paragraph (B), the greater of either (a) $.01 per Unit plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not earned or
declared, to the date of such payment, or (b) the amount equal to the aggregate
per share amount to be distributed to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (ii)
to the holders of shares of parity stock, unless simultaneously therewith
distributions are made ratably on Units of Series A Preferred Stock and all
other shares of such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which
the holders of Units of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled under clause
(i)(a) of this sentence and to which the holders of shares of such parity stock
are entitled, in each case upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
(B) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights
Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock
payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common
Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number
of shares, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of Units
of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event
pursuant to clause (i)(b) of paragraph (A) of this Section 6 shall be adjusted
by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such
event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
C-4
<PAGE>
Section 7. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. In case the Corporation shall
enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which
the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or
securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case Units of
Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged for or
converted into an amount per Unit (subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth) equal to the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash
and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or
for which each share of Common Stock is converted or exchanged. In the event
the Corporation shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare
any dividend on outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common
Stock, (ii) subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine
outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case
the amount set forth in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the
exchange or conversion of Units of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by
multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number
of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such event and
the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Section 8. REDEMPTION. The Units of Series A Preferred Stock and shares
of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
Section 9. RANKING. The Units of Series A Preferred Stock and shares of
Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Preferred
Stock and to any other class of Preferred Stock that hereafter may be issued by
the Corporation as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets,
unless the terms of any such series or class shall provide otherwise.
Section 10. FRACTIONAL SHARES. The Series A Preferred Stock may be issued
in Units or other fractions of a share, which Units or fractions shall entitle
the holder, in proportion to such holder's units or fractional shares, to
exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to
have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Preferred Stock.
Section 11. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. As used in this resolution with respect
to the Series A Preferred Stock, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:
(A) The term "Common Stock" shall mean the class of stock designated
as the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Corporation at the date
hereof or any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or
reclassification of the common stock.
(B) The term "junior stock" (i) as used in Section 4 shall mean the
Common Stock and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation
hereafter authorized or issued over which the Series A Preferred Stock has
preference or priority as to the payment of dividends and (ii) as used in
Section 6, shall mean the Common Stock and any other class or series of capital
stock of the Corporation over which the Series A Preferred Stock has preference
or priority in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Corporation.
C-5
<PAGE>
(C) The term "parity stock" (i) as used in Section 4 shall mean any
class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized or issued
ranking PARI PASSU with the Series A Preferred Stock as to dividends and (ii) as
used in Section 6, shall mean any class or series of capital stock ranking PARI
PASSU with the Series A Preferred Stock in the distribution of assets on any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this certificate on this
______ day of June, 1997.
DSP GROUP, INC.
By:
---------------------------------------
Eliyahu Ayalon
President and Chief Executive Officer
By:
---------------------------------------
Avi Basher
Vice President of Finance,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
C-6
<PAGE>
OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE
MARCH 30, 1999
__________________________
The undersigned, Avi Basher, hereby certifies as follows:
(a) I am the duly elected, qualified, acting and incumbent Vice
President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of DSP Group, Inc.
(the "Company").
(b) Attached hereto is an English translation of a Lease Contract,
dated as of September 13, 1998, by and between Bayside Land Corporation Ltd. and
DSP Semiconductors, Ltd.
(c) To my knowledge, such translation is a fair and accurate
translation as required under Rule 306 of Regulation S-T promulgated by the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate
on behalf of the Company as of the date first written above.
DSP GROUP, INC.
/s/ Avi Basher
--------------------------------------------------
Avi Basher, Vice President of Finance,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
<PAGE>
LEASE AGREEMENT
DRAWN UP AND SIGNED IN HAIFA ON SEPTEMBER 13TH 1998
BETWEEN
BAYSIDE LAND CORPORATION LTD.
Of 24 Haprasim St., Haifa
(hereinafter: "The Lessor")
AND
DSP GROUP LTD.
Company No. 51-135472-2
Of 5 Shenkar St., Herzlia Pituach
(hereinafter: "The Lessee")
WHEREAS, the Lessor is the holder of lease rights in a real-estate property,
known as Parcels 57 and 73 in Block 6592 (hereinafter: "The Plot"), located
on Shenkar Street in Herzlia Pituach, all as appearing on the map and in
the Land Extract, enclosed with this Contract, as Appendices A and C;
AND WHEREAS, the Lessor, inter alia, erects several constructions on the Plot,
which would be referred to as the Bayside (Gav Yam) Center, among them, the
Lessor constructs, as per a construction permit that was lawfully issued, a
construction on a gross area of approx. 22,500 sq. mtrs., known as
Construction No. 2 (hereinafter: "The Construction") and which is intended
for lease, all as appearing on the map, Appendix A, and in the Technical
Specification, Appendix D;
AND WHEREAS, the Lessor prepared a detailed planning of the Construction
(hereinafter: "The Planning");
AND WHEREAS, the Lessee declares and approves, that the aforementioned Planning
is appropriate for its requirements and it is interested in leasing part of
the Construction in an inclusive area of approx. 590 sq. mtrs. for the
purpose stated in this Contract;
<PAGE>
AND WHEREAS, the Lessor declares, that it agrees to lease part of the
Construction to the Lessee in accordance with that stated in this Contract;
Therefore, it has been declared and agreed between the parties, as follows:
1. GENERAL
1.1 The preamble to this Contract constitutes an integral part thereof.
1.2 This Lease Contract includes a map - Appendix A, plans of the
leased - Appendix B, Land Extract - Appendix C, Technical Specification -
Appendix D, Insurance Appendix - Appendix E, the Parking Lot Contract -
Appendix G, the Electricity Appendix - Appendix H, Bank Guarantee Appendix,
Appendix I.
In order to remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that in any event of
discrepancy between the provisions of this Contract and the provisions of
the Appendices, the provisions which are less favorable to the Lessee shall
supersede.
1.3 Wherever an amount in Dollars is mentioned in this Contract it is
only made for purposes of convenience and it lacks any legal validity, for
the amounts indicated in Dollars shall be translated to the Shekel upon the
signing of the Agreement, in accordance with the representative rate of the
Dollar, known upon the signing of the Contract, i.e. 3.80 Shekel per United
States Dollar.
2. HEADINGS
The headings of the Sections were inserted for purposes of ease of reading
alone and should not be used for their interpretation.
<PAGE>
3. INTERPRETATION
Without prejudice to other definitions, specified in this Contract, the
following terms shall be interpreted in accordance with that stated
alongside them, as follows:
3.1 "The Leased" - part of the Construction in an area of approx. 590
sq. mtrs. on the first story - +6.00 of the Construction, including the
equipment and the fixtures installed therein, all as marked yellow in
Appendix B.
In order to remove any doubt, The area leased as specified above also
includes a relative part of the entrance lobby to the joint construction
for all the office stories of the Construction and also story's public
areas, all in an inclusive area of approx. 94 sq. mtrs.
3.2 "Delivery" - placing the Leased at the possession of the Lessee, as
it is in a reasonable usable condition for the purposes of the Lessee, all
in accordance with the conditions of the Contract.
3.3 "The Inspector" - Mr. Menasha Friedman or any person from another
inspecting office, replacing him, all in accordance with the determination
of the Lessor.
4. THE LEASE AND THE PERIOD OF THE LEASE
4.1 4.1.1 Subject to that stated herebelow, the Lessor leases to the
Lessee and the Lessee leases the Leased from the Lessor for the objectives
of the lease, as stated in Section 7 herebelow, for a five year period and
according to the other conditions of this Contract.
4.1.2 Without prejudice to that stated above, the Lessee shall
have an option to extend the lease period for an additional five year
period (hereinafter: "The Option Period") so long as it would pass an early
notice in writing to the Lessor, at least nine months prior to the
completion of the lease period.
<PAGE>
4.2 The lease period shall commence upon the delivery date of the
Leased to the Lessee, i.e. December 1st 1998 (hereinafter: "The Delivery
Date") so long as the Lessee fulfilled all its obligations in accordance
with this Contract.
4.3 The parties agree, that in one or more of the events, specified
herebelow, the Delivery Date shall be extended and such a delay shall not
be regarded as breach of this Agreement.
4.3.1 In the event of a delay with the delivery of the Leased
and/or placing the Leased in the possession of the Lessee, as specified in
Section 5 herebelow, in consequence of a force majeure and also in
consequence of actions and/or instructions and/or orders and/or omissions
of competent authorities, which are not as a result of the conduct of the
Lessor and/or general strikes in the construction sector, including all its
sub-sectors and also due to any cause and/or circumstances which are not in
control of the Lessor.
4.3.2 In the event of a delay with the delivery of the Leased to
the Lessee, caused as a result of changes made in the Leased according to
the requirement of the Lessee and/or work made in the Leased by the Lessee
and/or anyone on its behalf, but excluding finish works, according to their
definition in Section 6.2 herebelow.
4.3.3 The parties agree, that the Inspector shall have the
singular and exclusive authority to determine whether the conditions stated
in Sub-Sections 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 above are met and also what is the
extension of the Delivery Date in consequence thereof. The determinations
of the Inspector shall be final decisive and obligatory.
5. RECEIPT OF THE LEASED
5.1 The Lessee hereby declares, that it has examined and approved the
plans of the Leased, Appendix B, and the Technical Specification, Appendix
<PAGE>
B, and it found them to be appropriate and suitable for the purpose of the
lease, as per this Contract, and it is obligated to receive possession of
the Leased upon the Delivery Date, on condition that the Inspector issued
the approval, stated herebelow.
The Lessor is hereby obligated, that upon the Delivery Date the finish
works will be completed, as stated in Section 6.2 herebelow, the central
systems of sewage, air-conditioning and lifts shall be operating in the
Construction, and also that the Leased will receive regular supply of
electricity, water and telephone feed infrastructure at end points,
according to the Technical Specification and the specifications of the
finish works (hereinafter: "The Systems"). Upon the Delivery Date of
possession of the Leased to the Lessee, as stated above, a visit to the
Leased shall be carried out in the presence of the representative of the
Lessor, the representative of the Lessee and the Inspector, in the
framework of which the Inspector shall approve, that the Leased was built
in accordance with the plans and the Technical Specification, and a
technical protocol, specifying the required works for performance and the
repairs, if any, shall be prepared. The technical protocol shall be signed
by the representatives of the Lessor and the Lessee and it shall serve as a
preponderant evidence with regard to the condition of the Leased upon the
Delivery Date.
5.2 In any event, the determination of the Inspector, that the Leased
is ready for delivery in accordance with the conditions of the Contract and
its Appendices, shall be final, absolute and obligating for the purpose of
this Agreement.
5.3 In order to remove any doubt, the Lessee hereby declares that it
was informed that upon the Delivery Date of the Leased, the Lessor shall
still be working on the performance of the finish works in the Construction
and/or in other leaseds of other lessees in the Construction and the Lessee
shall not
<PAGE>
have any contention and/or claim toward the Lessor in this respect, so long
as there will not be interference with the reasonable use of the Leased by
the Lessee.
6. THE LEASED - TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND CHANGES, FINISH WORKS, COMPLETIONS
AND SUPPLEMENTS
6.1 The Leased and the Construction, including all their elements,
shall be built and completed in accordance with the plans, Appendix B, and
the Technical Specification, Appendix D, including the changes made in it
in accordance with the discretion of the Lessor, with the exception of
essential changes, as per the final and absolute decision of the Inspector,
made in the agreement of the Lessee. Deviation in a rate of up to 2%
between the planning and the actual condition shall not be regarded as an
essential change. The Leased, including all its elements, shall be built of
good materials by means of a professional manpower.
6.2 In light of the request of the Lessee, that the Lessor shall carry
out the finish works in the Leased (hereinafter: "The Finish Works") prior
to the Delivery Date to the Lessee, it was agreed between the parties as
follows:
6.2.1 Until September 18th 1998, the Lessee shall pass to the
Lessor all the technical material, required for the issuance of a tender
pursuant to the performance of the Finish Works, which would be approved in
advance by the Lessor, including the technical specifications, the work
plans and letters of quantities.
6.2.2 The planning of the Finish Works shall be carried out by the
Architect Ilan Eldar for the Lessee, as his fee is paid by the Lessor.
Architect Eldar will be entitled to hire additional consultants pursuant to
the performance of his work. The identity of the consultants shall be
approved by the Lessor and their fee shall be paid by it.
<PAGE>
6.2.3 The planning of the Finish Works shall be made in
coordination with the Lessor and will require the approval of the Lessor.
6.2.4 In addition to the cost of the Finish Works, the Lessee will
pay to the Lessor 5% of the cost of the Finish Works, management moneys and
also 3% of the fee of the Inspector.
6.2.5 The Lessor shall issue a tender for the receipt of proposals
for the performance of the Finish Works, as a single set, and the winner of
the tender shall be chosen by a joint tender committee of the Lessor and
the Lessee, consisting of one representative of each party.
6.2.6 The Lessor shall commit in a contract with the winner of the
tender (hereinafter: "The Finish Works Contractor").
6.2.7 The Lessee is obligated to pay to the Lessor each and every
invoice, that the Lessor shall approve for payment to the Finish Works
Contractor, that being upon the payment date of the invoice to the Finish
Works Contractor, no payment shall be made without such deviation being
approved in advance by the Lessee.
6.2.8 For the assurance of the payments to the Finish Works
Contractor, as stated in Section 6.2.7 above, the Lessee shall furnish the
Lessor with an index linked financial bank guarantee, according to 25% of
the amount of the proposal of the Finish Works Contractor.
6.2.9 In order to remove any doubt, the Lessee is obligated to pay
to the Lessor all the costs of the performance of the Finish Works,
including work and materials, whether they are paid by the Lessor to the
Finish Works Contractor or paid directly by him to any other organization,
so long as any deviation from the conditions of the original proposal of
the Finish Works Contractor shall require the early approval of the Lessee.
6.2.10 The Lessor shall be liable towards the Lessor in all matters
pertaining to the quality of the performance of the Finish Works, that
being for a one year period from the Delivery Date, and the provisions of
Section
<PAGE>
5.1 with respect to the delivery of the Leased shall apply to the delivery
of the Finish Works.
6.2.11 In any event of a delay with the performance of the Finish
Works, caused in consequence of an action or an omission of the Lessee or
anyone on its behalf, including a delay with the performance of the
planning and including a delay in the delivery of documents, as stated in
Section 6.2.1 above - it will not effect the date of receipt of the Leased,
the Delivery Date, and the obligation of the Lessee to pay the lease moneys
to the Lessor as from the Delivery Date, according to its definition in
Section 4.2 above.
6.3 The parties further agree, that any supplement or addition made in
the Leased at the expense of the Lessee will become the property of the
Lessor, that being to the extent that the addition or the change
corresponds with the definition of fixtures, according to their definition
in the Land Law, 5729 - 1969. In the event, that the change or the
supplement does not correspond with the definition of fixtures it will be
regarded as the property of the Lessee and the Lessee will be entitled to
remove and/or disassemble it upon the completion of the lease period, so
long as the Leased is returned in good condition worthy for immediate
leasing.
In order to remove any doubt, the provisions of this Section shall not
apply to movable partitions or to movable furniture. In order to remove any
doubt, in any event where the Lessee chooses not to remove and/or
disassemble the supplement or the change, which does not correspond with
the definition of a fixture, the Lessee will not be entitled to require and
receive from the Lessor any consideration for it.
6.4 The Lessee hereby declares, that it has been brought to its
knowledge, that additional constructions, adjacent and nearby the
Construction, will be built by the Lessor and/or anyone on its behalf, and
it
<PAGE>
hereby relinquishes any contention and/or claim toward the Lessor in this
matter or anything deriving therefrom.
Furthermore, the Lessor is hereby obligated that the construction of the
additional constructions, as stated above, shall not interfere with the
access to the Leased, and that the aforementioned construction work shall
be carried out in such a manner as to allow reasonable use of the Leased.
7. PURPOSE OF THE LEASE
The purpose of the lease is for the planning and development of Hi-Tech
products and also for management activity, laboratories and marketing in
the field of computers alone, and the Lessee is obligated to use the Leased
solely for this purpose (hereinafter: "The Purpose of the Lease").
8. LEASE MONEYS
8.1 8.1.1 For offices - NIS 31,388 per month (an amount in Shekel
equivalent to US $8,260 per month) (hereinafter: "The Basic Lease Moneys").
8.1.2 For parking places - as specified in Section 14a herebelow
and in the Parking Lot Management Contract, Appendix G.
8.1.3 Maintenance moneys for the Leased - as stated in Section 20
herebelow.
8.1.4 Payments for electricity, as specified in the Electricity
Appendix, Appendix H.
8.2 As from June 1st 2002, the Lease Moneys shall include a real
addition of 6% on the Lease Moneys, payable upon the commencement date of
the option had it not been for the aforementioned addition. All the other
provisions of this Contract, including the provisions of this Section 8,
shall apply accordingly to the Lease Moneys during the Option Period.
<PAGE>
8.3 The Basic Lease Moneys shall include the addition of index linkage
differences, as specified in Section 11 herebelow.
The index, that was published on August 15th 1998 (156.3 points) is
determined as the basic index for the purpose of this Contract
(hereinafter: "The Basic Index").
8.4 The Lessee is obligated to pay to the Lessor the Basic Lease Moneys
together with linkage differences, accrued on them, and together with VAT
for the entire lease period, as follows:
8.4.1 The Lease Moneys for the first three months of the lease in
the amount of NIS 94,164 (an amount in NIS equivalent to US $24,780) will
be paid by the Lessee to the Lessor in the stand of signing this Contract.
The remaining Lease Moneys will be paid according to three - month payments
for each period in advance, that being on the first day of each and every
three month period.
8.4.2 Payments of the Lease Moneys, as stated above, shall be paid
by way of a bank transfer from the account of the Lessee to the account of
the Lessor.
8.4.3 Payment of the Lease Moneys shall be updated, as specified
in Section 11.
8.4.4 The Lessee hereby waives the requirement, if any, for the
giving of an early notice or requirement for the payment of the Lease
Moneys.
9. SHAREHOLDERS
9.1 The Lessee hereby declares, that the DSP Group Inc. (hereinafter:
"DSP Group") is the shareholder in control of it.
9.2 The Lessee is hereby obligated to bring about, that its shareholder
in control, DSP Group, at the stand of signing this Contract, shall
guarantee to
<PAGE>
all the obligations of the Lessee toward the Lessor in accordance with the
conditions of this Contract, including all its Appendices.
9.3 The Lessee is obligated, that during the lease period no changes,
whether directly or indirectly, shall be made in the holding of the shares
by DSP Group in such a manner, that the holding of the shares of DSP Group
in the Lessee shall decrease below 51%, unless the early explicit approval
in writing of the Lessor was given to that effect.
Notwithstanding that stated above, it is agreed, that the Lessee shall not
require the agreement of the Lessor for a change of holdings as stated,
should it furnish the Lessor with a bank guarantee according to a
sufficient amount to the satisfaction of the Lessor.
10. INAPPLICABILITY OF THE TENANT'S PROTECTION LAW
10.1 The Lessee hereby declares and approves as follows:
10.1.1 The protection of tenants in accordance with the Tenant's
Protection Law (Combined Version), 5752 - 1972, or according to any other
Law, shall not apply to this lease.
10.1.2 The Lessor did not receive any payment of key moneys or any
other consideration whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly, in
connection with this lease.
10.1.3 Upon the commencement of this lease, there was no tenant in
the Leased, being lawfully entitled to hold it.
The Lessee hereby declares and approves, that its expenses and investments
in the preparation of the changes in the Leased, the additions and/or
renovations and/or participation in expenses or in any other investment
pursuant to the adjustment of the Leased to its purposes shall in no way be
regarded as key moneys of any kind whatsoever and shall not confer the
Lessee any right whatsoever, and these investments shall not alter that
stated above in
<PAGE>
accordance with which the leased is not under any of the tenant's
protection laws.
11. LINKAGE
11.1 For the purpose of this Lease Contract:
Index - The Consumer Price Index (including fruits and vegetables)
published by the Central Bureau of Statistics, including same index if it
is published by another governmental organization and also any official
index replacing it, whether such index is based on same data as the index
prevailing upon the signing of this Agreement or not. In the event, that
there will be another index, the ratio between the indexes shall be
according to the determination of the Central Bureau of Statistics or
according to another official organization replacing the Central Bureau of
Statistics.
In the event, that the ratio between the indexes is not determined, as
stated above, the ratio shall be determined by the economical department of
Bank Leumi of Israel Ltd. (at the expense of the Lessee and the Lessor in
equal parts).
11.2 The Basic Lease Moneys and all the amounts indicated in Shekels in
this Agreement shall be linked to the increase of the index, according to
its definition above. In the event, that upon the payment date of any part
of the Lease Moneys (hereinafter: "The Determining Date") the index
recently published prior to the Determining Date (hereinafter: "The New
Index") is higher in comparison to the Basic Index, the Lessee is obligated
to pay to the Lessor same payments of Basic Lease Moneys, as they are
relatively increased, as per the increase of the New Index in comparison to
the Basic Index.
The aforementioned calculated additions above the Basic Lease Moneys shall
be referred to in this Contract, as "Linkage Differences".
<PAGE>
11.3 For the purpose of the calculation of the increase in the index,
the payment date shall be regarded as the date in which the Lease Moneys
were actually paid. However, it is hereby emphasized, that this shall not
be viewed as a waiver or agreement on behalf of the Lessor with respect to
the obligation of the Lessee to pay the Lease Moneys upon the agreed dates
nor shall it be viewed as any waiver of the relieves to which the Lessor is
entitled in case of failure to pay in due time.
11.4 The Lessee is hereby obligated to pay the Linkage Differences
immediately upon the first requirement of the Lessor.
11.5 The Linkage Differences shall be regarded as Lease Moneys for each
and every purpose.
11.6 The Lessee has the right to pay the Lease Moneys for any part of
the lease period in advance and in such a case linkage on same amount shall
apply up until its actual payment.
12. ADJUSTMENT, USE, RECEIPT OF PERMITS AND ABIDANCE BY LAWS
12.1 The Lessee is obligated to use the leased solely for the purpose of
the lease, stated in Section 7 above, and not for any other purpose
whatsoever.
12.2 The Lessee hereby declares, that it had the possibility of viewing
and examining the planning condition of the Leased and the Development
and/or Lease Agreement and/or the Urban Construction Plan applying to it
and that the zoning {designation} of the Leased in accordance with that
stated above, and it is aware that any payment of any kind whatsoever,
applying to the Leased for the specific use of the Lessee - shall apply to
the Lessee.
<PAGE>
12.3 The Lessee is hereby obligated to obtain all the permits required
by Law pursuant to the use of the Leased or any part thereof, for the
management of its enterprise in the Leased and to act according to them.
12.4 In order to remove any doubt, the Lessee hereby declares, that it
shall not have any contentions toward the Lessor with regard to the
possibilities to use the Leased, and that it is aware that the Lessor shall
not bear any liability whatsoever for the receipt of whatever permits,
required for the management of the enterprise of the Lessee in the Leased
or for the adjustment of the Leased in accordance with the instructions of
any competent authority in connection with the giving of a permit, as
above.
That stated above shall not derogate from the basic obligation of the
Lessor to build and to complete the Leased in accordance with a lawful
construction permit and to meet all the provisions of the Law with respect
to the completion of the Leased and its populating.
12.5 The Lessee is obligated to abide by any Law and to act in
accordance with the provisions of any permit, applying to the Leased and/or
any part thereof and to avoid any action or omission, that may impose any
liability whatsoever on the Lessor toward any person or property.
12.6 The Lessor hereby declares, that it is entitled to lease the Leased
according to the objective of the lease, as defined in this Agreement, and
that there is no impediment in accordance with any Law, agreement or any
prior obligation, preventing the Lessor from leasing the Leased to the
Lessee.
13. TRANSFER OF RIGHTS
13.1 The Lessee is obligated not to deliver and/or transfer and/or lease
and/or assign and/or endorse and/or mortgage its rights in accordance with
this Contract in any way or manner whatsoever, and also not to allow any
<PAGE>
third party to use and/or to hold the Leased or any part thereof, and it
should also avoid participating any third party in the possession of the
Leased or the use thereof or in any benefit thereof in any manner
whatsoever, not even as an authorized or as a franchiser, whether directly
or indirectly, in consideration or without consideration, unless it
receives the early and explicit approval in writing of the Lessor.
13.2 Notwithstanding that stated above, the Lessee is entitled to sublet
the Leased, so long as the following conditions are met:
13.2.1 The Lessor gave its early consent in writing with respect to
the sub - lessee.
In order to remove any doubt, the parties agree, that the Lessor shall not
deny its consent but only due to reasonable causes. Furthermore, the
parties agree, that a sublet to subsidiaries, affiliated companies of the
Lessee or of the parent company of the Lessee shall not require the
approval of the Lessor, and the provisions of Sections 13.2.2 and 13.2.4
shall apply instead of the provisions of Section 13.2.3 herebelow.
13.2.2 The Contract with the sub - lessee shall be according to the
draft of this Lease Contract, mutatis mutandis, including all its
Appendices, and according to schedules not exceeding the schedules stated
in this contract and without giving the sub - lessee any preferred right
exceeding the rights of the Lessee in accordance with this Contract.
13.2.3 The Lessor will be entitled in accordance with its exclusive
discretion to commit directly with such a sub - lessee concurrently with
the canceling of the Contract with the Lessee.
13.2.4 The Lease Contract with the sub - lessee will be for the
purpose of the operation of an enterprise and/or business, engaging with
know-how based industries.
<PAGE>
13.3 Without prejudice to the generality of that stated in Section 13.2
above, it is agreed that in the event of a sublet, as stated above, the
Lessee shall still be liable toward the Lessor for the fulfillment of all
its obligations and/or the obligations of the sub - lessee in accordance
with this Contract and/or the Sublet Contract.
13.4 The Lessor is entitled to deliver and/or transfer and/or endorse
and/or pledge and/or mortgage all its rights and/or obligations in the
Leased, as per this Contract, in any manner or way whatsoever, without any
restriction and without having to receive the agreement of the Lessee, so
long as the rights of the Lessee in accordance with this Agreement are not
prejudiced .
13.5 The Lessee is obligated, that in any event in which it is required
to sign any document or note, which is required pursuant to the
transferring of the rights of the Lessor to any third party, it will sign
each and every document or note, as stated, immediately upon receipt of the
requirement of the Lessor, so long as a signature, as stated, will not
impose any additional charge on the Lessee, above the charges applying to
it in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.
14. CHANGES IN THE LEASED - AFTER DELIVERY OF THE LEASED TO THE LESSEE
The parties agree, that in any event where the Lessee seeks to make changes
in the Leased after the Delivery Date, the following provisions shall
apply:
14.1 The Lessee is obligated to avoid the carrying out or allowing
another to carry out any internal and/or external changes in the Leased and
to avoid the performance of any addition or destroying any part of the
Leased and/or any of its facilities nor to allow the making of any changes
and/or additions and/or such demolitions (hereinafter: "The Changes")
without the receipt of the early agreement in writing of the Lessor.
<PAGE>
In order to remove any doubt, it is hereby agreed and declared, that the
installation of movable partitions in the Leased, including gypsum
partitions and the placing of movable furniture shall not be regarded as
Changes for the purpose of this Section.
In the event, that the Lessee made Changes, as stated, and the Lessor
required that the condition of the Leased will be reverted, the Lessee will
be obligated to revert the condition of the Leased within 14 days from the
date of the requirement.
In the event, that the Lessee failed to perform its obligation, as stated,
the Lessor will be entitled to carry it out by itself and/or by means of
anyone on its behalf, at the expense of the Lessee together with 10% of
said amount for the covering of general expenses of the Lessor, and the
Lessee shall have no contention and/or requirement of any kind and type
whatsoever due to the performance by the Lessor of that stated above.
14.2 In the event, that the Lessor gives its consent to the request of
the Lessee pursuant to the making of Changes in the Leased, and the Changes
shall include the addition of "fixtures", according to their definition in
the Land Law, 5729 - 1969, the fixtures will become the property of the
Lessor upon vacating the Leased, and the Lessee will not be entitled to
remove them from the Leased or to revert the Leased to its condition prior
to the Changes, unless the Lessor notifies the Lessee in advance and in
writing with respect to its requirement, that the Leased will be reverted
to its condition prior to the Changes.
In order to remove any doubt, any Change, that includes the addition of
fixtures, as stated, shall not be regarded as payment of key moneys,
according to their definition in the Tenant's Protection Law, 5732 - 1972,
and the Lessee will not be entitled to receive any consideration from the
Lessor and/or anything for them.
<PAGE>
In the event, that the Lessee carries out Changes in the Leased, following
the agreement of the Lessor, which do not correspond with the definition of
"fixtures", as stated above, the Lessee will be obligated upon the
completion of the lease period to revert the Leased to its previous
condition, as it was prior to the making of the Changes in the Leased,
unless the Lessor passes the Lessee an early notice in writing concerning
its agreement for leaving the Changes in the Leased. In the event, that the
Lessor notifies of its agreement for leaving the Changes in the Leased, the
Lessee will not be entitled to remove them from the Leased or to make any
change in them, and upon the completion of the lease period they will be
transferred to the possession and proprietorship of the Lessor, without the
Lessee being entitled to require and/or receive compensation or payment for
it, and without it being regarded as key moneys, as stated.
14.3 The Lessor shall have the right to carry out whatever construction
on the roof of the Leased, so long as the reasonable benefit of the Lessee
from the Leased is not injured during the period of the construction and/or
thereafter - notwithstanding that stated above.
14a. PARKING LOTS
The Lessee was informed, that the Lessor and/or anyone on its behalf shall
be operating an underground parking lot in the Construction, as specified
in Appendix G to the Contract, subject to the provisions of this Section as
follows:
14a.1 The parties agree, that the Lessee shall have the right to lease
marked parking places and entrance rights to the parking lot, according to
their definition herebelow, up to an inclusive number of ____ packing
places in the parking lot, that being according to the prices indicated in
Sections 14a.1.1 and 14a.1.2 herebelow:
<PAGE>
14a.1.1 In consideration of the parking places, intended for the
sole use of the Lessee and/or its employees and/or guests (hereinafter:
"The Marked Parking Places") an amount of NIS _____ (an amount in Shekel
equivalent to US $ ______) for each Marked Parking Place per month.
14a.1.2 For the entrance right to the parking lot on the basis of
vacant places without conferring the Lessee a right for any specific place
(hereinafter: "The Entrance Right to the Parking Lot") an amount of
NIS_____ (an amount in Shekel equivalent to US $ ______) for each Entrance
Right to the Parking Lot per month.
14a.1.3 Out of the ____ parking places, which the Lessee is
entitled to lease, the Lessee is obligated to lease from the Lessor during
the lease period at least ____ Marked Parking Places and ____ Entrance
Rights to the Parking Lot.
Not later than the Delivery Date, the Lessee is obligated to notify to the
Lessor with regard to the number of Marked Parking Places and the number of
Entrance Rights to the Parking Lot, which it seeks to lease, in addition to
the ____ places mentioned above, that being out of the total parking
places, that the Lessee is entitled to lease, as stated in Section 14a.1.
14a.1.4 Notwithstanding that stated above and in Appendix G, the
parties agree that the Lessee will be entitled to change the number of
parking places once every quarter, that being to the extent that it is
possible, while taking into consideration the parking occupancy in the
building at such a time.
14a.2 Instructions with regard to the dates of operation of the parking
lot and the other provisions of Appendix G shall be obligating upon the
Lessee for each and every matter. Without prejudice to the generality of
that stated above, it is agreed that the parking lot shall be open and
accessible to the Lessee between the hours 06.00 - 22.00 on Sunday through
Thursday, and between 07.00 - 14.00 on Friday, with the exception of
Holidays.
<PAGE>
14a.3 The parking fee for the Marked Parking Places and for the Entrance
Right to the Parking Lot shall be regarded as lease moneys for each and
every purpose and shall be linked to the index, as specified in the Parking
Lot Appendix, Appendix G, and all the provisions of this Contract shall
apply to them, without prejudice to any relief to which the Lessor and/or
the Management Company and/or the Parking Lot Management Company are
entitled in accordance with the Parking Lot Management Agreement.
14a.4 In order to remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that in any
event of a discrepancy between the provisions of this Contract and the
provisions of Appendix G, those provisions which are less favoring upon the
Lessee shall supercede.
15. MAINTENANCE AND PREVENTION OF NUISANCES
15.1 The Lessee shall maintain the Leased in a good and orderly
condition, it shall maintain the order and cleanliness of the Leased and
its surroundings, its facilities, accessories and all that is accompanying
it, including service rooms located in the Leased and all the services
which are intended for the sole use of the Lessee. The Lessee is obligated
to make a prudent and punctual use of them and will avoid causing any
damage or spoilage to the Leased or to its facilities.
Without prejudice to the generality of that stated above and below, the
Lessee is obligated to maintain the good working order of all the
facilities installed in the Leased, and to see to their day-to-day
maintenance, including the making of repairs and replacements, to the
extent required, and to return the Leased to the Lessor upon the date when
the Leased is returned to the Lessor, as stated above, in a good and
orderly condition, with the exception of wear and tear emerging from normal
and reasonable use of the Leased.
<PAGE>
15.2 The Lessee shall abide by the instructions of each and every
competent authority, as such would be applied from time to time in
connection with cleaning arrangements, manner of removal of waste residuals
and maintaining the orderly condition of the drainage system and of all the
other systems in the Leased.
15.3 The Lessee is obligated to preserve the cleanliness of the Leased
and its surrounding, to prevent the accumulation of waste and materials
which can cause a fire, and to prevent and remove odors, rust and to take
any reasonable measures to prevent fire.
15.3.1 In order to remove any doubt, the Lessee declares that it is
well aware, that there are and/or there will be other leaseds in its
vicinity and that it should see to the installation of appliances and/or
facilities and/or take the required measures in order to prevent loose
materials and/or odors and/or hazardous materials originated in its plant
and which may cause nuisance and/or contamination of other leaseds in its
surrounding.
15.3.2 The Lessee shall avoid the causing of any nuisance,
including the causing of noise, strong odors and shocks, which may
interfere with leaseds adjacent to the Lessee.
Furthermore, the Lessee is obligated to take any required measure in order
to prevent the bursting of fires.
15.4 The Lessee shall notify the Lessor of any damage to the Leased or
of any nuisance that was caused to the Leased or to other leaseds,
originating in the Leased, within 48 hours from its discovery. In the
event, that the Lessee fails to notify as stated, the Lessee shall bear any
additional expenses, caused to the Lessor in consequence of failure to
notify the Lessor in due time.
15.5 The Lessee shall see to the proper maintenance of the Leased,
including all its systems and including finish supplements and shall repair
at
<PAGE>
its expense any damage or spoilage in the Leased and/or its systems,
including finish supplements, that being without prejudice to the liability
of the Lessor with respect to the quality of the finish works, as stated in
Section 6.2.10 above and/or any damage or spoilage, causing a nuisance to
other leaseds in the vicinity of the Leased, which is caused or evolved or
discovered in the Leased or in any part thereof, including plumbing repairs
and other various repairs, that being upon its evolving and/or causing
and/or discovery, with the exception of damages to the Construction or to
the systems, which are maintained by means of the Management Company in
accordance with the Management Agreement, and which were not caused by the
Lessee.
15.6 In the event, that the Lessee fails to perform its obligations or
any of them in accordance with that stated in Section 15, including all its
Sub-Sections, or if the damage is not repaired to the satisfaction of the
engineer of the Lessor, the Lessor will be entitled, but not obligated, to
perform the repairs by itself and all the expenses of such a repair shall
apply to the Lessee, who will be obligated to refund them to the Lessor
upon its first requirement, together with index linkage differences, as per
Section 11 above, and arrears interest, as per Section 22 herebelow,
calculated as from the payment date for the repair by the Lessor until the
actual full payment to the Lessor.
The invoices of the Lessor with respect to the rate of its expenses, as per
this Section, shall constitute a prima facie evidence to the correctness of
said invoices, and the Lessee is obligated to pay them to the Lessor upon
its first requirement.
15.7 The Lessee hereby gives its full consent and authorization, that
the representatives of the Lessor, its employees and/or assignees will be
entitled to enter the Leased following early coordination with the Lessee,
at any reasonable time, in order to check the condition of the Leased, the
fulfillment of the obligations of the Lessee in accordance with this
Contract, the systems
<PAGE>
of the Leased, its equipment and facilities, and also in order to carry out
any repair and/or maintenance works, that the Lessor is obligated to
perform in accordance with this Agreement and according to any Law
whatsoever, for technical or other arrangements, and the representatives of
the Lessor will also be entitled to enter the Leased, in order to show it
to other potential lessees, that being during the last nine months of the
lease period.
15.8 The Lessee shall fulfill all the instructions of the Lessor, the
insurance company and the instructions of any other competent authority
with regard to arrangements and procedures of fire extinguishing,
prevention of fires, Civil Defense and safety, deriving from the activity
of the Lessee in the Leased. Furthermore, the Lessee shall assume all
measures required in order to prevent explosion and/or fire.
15.9 The Lessee is obligated to fulfill the provisions of any Law,
regulation, order, sub-law or the instruction of any competent authority
with regard to the management of its enterprise in the Leased and in
connection with the holding of the Leased and the use thereof. The Lessee
shall also be liable for the payment of any fine, imposed in consequence of
a failure to fulfill the provisions, as stated above.
16. SAFE KEEP OF THE LEASED
16.1 The Lessee shall refrain from placing any equipment in the Leased,
which may cause damage to the Leased, and shall refrain from loading the
floor of the Leased in excess of the load for which it was intended.
The permitted load for the floor of the offices is 500 kg. per sq. mtr.
The permitted load in the parking lots is 250 kg. per sq. mtr.
<PAGE>
16.2 In any event of a special or concentrated loading or basing of
machinery, the Lessee must file a plan and receive the early approval in
writing of the engineer of the Lessor.
17. SECURITIES AND GUARANTEES
17.1 For the assurance of all the obligations of the Lessee in
accordance with this Contract, including all its Appendices, the Lessee
shall furnish the Lessor upon the stand of signing this Agreement with an
unconditional autonomic, financial bank guarantee of the Bank of Israel,
made to the order of the Lessor, according to the draft of the guarantee
attached to this Contract, as Appendix I, that being according to an amount
of NIS94,164, together with the addition of VAT. The guarantee shall be
linked to the Basic Index, according to its definition in Section 8.3
above, and will remain valid for fifteen months from its issuance.
No later than thirty days prior to the commencement of each and every lease
year, but not later than thirty days prior to the expiry of the validity of
the guarantee, whichever is earlier, the guarantee shall be extended for an
additional identical period, that being until the completion of the lease
period plus ninety additional days after the completion of the lease
period.
17.2 In order to remove any doubt, it is stipulated between the parties
that the extension of the validity of the guarantees, upon the dates
specified above, is among the fundamental obligations of the Lessee in
accordance with this Contract, and that in the event that the guarantee is
materialized by the Lessor, the Lessee will be obligated to furnish the
Lessor with a new guarantee instead of the materialized guarantee, as
stated above, within seven days from the receipt of a notice concerning the
materialization of the guarantee.
17.3 Upon the completion of the lease period and upon the delivery of
the Leased to the Lessor, the Lessee will be obligated to furnish the
Lessor with
<PAGE>
approvals concerning all the payments and fees applying to it and which
were paid by it up until the vacating date of the Leased returning it to
the Lessor and/or with respect to the lease period.
17.4 All the securities given to the Lessor in accordance with this
Contract, including the bank guarantee, shall be returned to the Lessee
three months from the completion of the lease period or the option period,
as the case may be, subject to the fulfillment of that stated in Section
17.3 above.
In order to remove any doubt, it is hereby clarified that the signature of
DSP Group on the guarantee for this Contract and also the depositing of the
bank guarantee, as stated above, are fundamental conditions of this
Contract.
18. THE USE OF OTHER AREAS OUTSIDE THE LEASED
18.1 The Lessee shall not have any contention toward the Lessor in the
event of a decrease in the area of the premises, as a result of changes in
the Planning or as a result of decisions or requirements of the competent
authorities or due to any cause.
18.2 The Lessee will not be entitled to make any singular use whatsoever
of the pavements, roads, staircases or in any other area outside the
Leased.
The internal road at the front of the Leased is not intended for any use
other than the passage of vehicles and to allow passengers off/on.
19. ELECTRICITY, WATER, CHANNELING AND SIGN POSTING
19.1 Without prejudice to anything else stated in this Contract
herebelow, the Lessee approves that it is well aware that the installation
of water inside the Leased and connecting the Leased to the water manhole,
according to a contractual commitment between it and the local authority or
the Management Company with respect to the installation of meters in the
Leased and any payment in connection therewith shall apply to the Lessee.
<PAGE>
19.2 The Lessee hereby agrees, that the failure to connect the Leased to
the electricity network, as stated in Appendix H and/or to the water
manhole shall not derogate from its obligations in accordance with this
Contract, nor will it constitute a ground for claim of damages against the
Lessor, so long as the Lessor supplies the Leased with electricity and
water supply, alternatively and regularly, in a manner corresponding with
the needs of the Lessee until the connecting of the Leased to the water
manhole and to the electricity network, as per that stated in Appendix H.
Subject to the obligation of the Lessor to supply electricity, as stated
above, it is agreed that the Lessor and the Lessor alone shall have the
right to cease the power supply to the Construction in bulks and to see to
the connecting of the Leased to the general electricity network of the
Electricity Company, and the Lessee shall not have any contention toward
the Lessor in this matter.
19.2.1 Notwithstanding that stated in Sections 19.1 - 19.2 above,
the Lessee hereby declares and approves, that it was brought to its
attention, that the Lessor will be entitled to install a central water
faucet in the Construction, through which the entire water supply will be
channeled to the leaseds in the Construction. In such a case, the Lessee is
obligated to pay to the Lessor or to anyone on its behalf for the water
consumption of the Leased, immediately upon receipt of a requirement from
the Lessor.
19.3 The Lessee hereby declares and approves, that it was brought to its
attention, that all the electricity services to the Construction and to the
Leased shall be supplied by the Lessor and/or anyone on its behalf, in
bulk, and that no electricity services shall be given to the Construction
and/or to the Leased by the Electricity Company.
19.3.1 The Lessee is obligated to pay to the Lessor and/or anyone
on its behalf its share in the electricity expenses of the Leased, as
specified in Appendix H to this Contract, the Electricity Appendix.
<PAGE>
19.3.2 The Lessee is obligated to sign the Electricity Agreement,
Appendix H, with the Lessee and/or anyone on its behalf and to bear all the
payments for the electricity services only with respect to the Leased, as
specified in Appendix H. In any event, the Lessee approves, that the
provisions of Appendix H, containing the provisions specified in this
Section, shall apply to the lease, subject to this Contract, whether the
Lessee would sign said Agreement or not.
19.3.3 Without prejudice to the generality of that stated above,
the payment obligation on the part of the Lessee in accordance with the
provisions of the Electricity Agreement, Appendix H, should be viewed
similarly as the obligation to pay the lease moneys and the provisions of
the Electricity Agreement should be viewed as the provisions of this
Agreement, the breach of which shall entitle the Lessor to all the relieves
stated in this Contract. In order to remove any doubt, the provisions of
Sections 11, 21.4 and 22 of the Contract shall apply to the obligations of
the Lessee in accordance with the Electricity Agreement, that being without
prejudice to any other relief given to the Lessor in accordance with the
Electricity Agreement.
19.4 The Lessee is obligated to prevent blocks or spoilage in the sewage
system of the Leased, as a result of the use of it or as a result of
sewages from its plant and shall bear the expenses of repair or replacement
of this system, in case of a spoilage or blocking caused in its direct
responsibility.
19.5 The Lessee shall not install sign posts outside of the Leased or on
the Leased, but only after receipt of the early approval in writing of the
Lessee and/or the Management Company.
The Lessor and/or the Management Company will be entitled to determine the
shape of the sign post, its size and location, and the Lessee will be
obligated to install the sign post, as determined by the Lessor and/or the
Management Company. In the event, that the Lessee installs a sign post
while in breach of
<PAGE>
this Section, the Lessor and/or the Management Company will be entitled to
remove it at the expense of the Lessee.
19.6 The Lessee shall bear any tax or fee for the installation of the
sign post and its maintaining and it will be responsible to obtain any
permit, which is required for the installation of the sign post.
19.7 In the event, that the Lessor and/or the Management Company shall
install a uniform sign post for all the constructions, which were erected
and/or would be erected by the Lessor in the area of the Leased, the Lessee
will be obligated to pay a relative payment for the sign posting.
Any amount applying to the Lessee in accordance with this Sub-Section shall
be regarded as lease moneys for each and every purpose.
19.8 The Lessor will be entitled to install on the roof of the Leased or
in its premises, public sign posts pursuant to the advertising of the
Lessor and/or its tenants in the Construction and/or the project, while
maintaining the architectural and qualitative nature of the Construction,
and the Lessee will not be entitled to object to their installation.
20. SUPPLY OF SERVICES AND JOINT FACILITIES
20.1 The Lessee will be entitled to use the joint facilities located in
the area of the Leased, solely for the purpose for which they are
designated, and all according to the instructions of the Lessor and/or the
Management Company.
20.2 The Lessee hereby declares and approves, that it was brought to its
intention, that for the purpose of the maintenance of the Leased, other
leaseds in its area and the joint services of all the leaseds, including
public areas, such as: external walls, public toilets, backyard and
security rooms and their
<PAGE>
facilities in the Construction, the Lessor shall provide management and
maintenance services directly and/or by means of sub-contractor and/or by
means of a service company (hereinafter: "The Management Company").
For the purpose of this Chapter: main systems, including systems of
air-conditioning, lifts, electrical switchboards, installation, lighting,
water, sewage and system channeling, fire extinguishing, emergency
generator, smoke detection, public address system and the control systems.
Furthermore, it was brought to the attention of the Lessee, that the Lessor
is entitled to deliver the management of the parking lot to another
organization, which would be referred to hereinafter, as "The Parking Lot
Management Company".
20.4 The Lessee is obligated to sign the Management Agreement with the
Lessor and/or the Management Company, according to the draft determined by
the Lessor and/or the Management Company and also the Parking Lot
Management Agreement with the Lessor and/or the Management Company and/or
the Parking Lot Management Company, according to the draft of the
Agreement, Appendix G, and to bear all the payments, as would be obliged by
the Management Agreement and the Parking Lot Management Agreement.
In any event, the Lessor approves that the provisions of the Management
Agreement shall include all the provisions specified herebelow, and in any
event of a discrepancy and/or disagreed supplement in deviation from that
stated in this Contract - the provisions of this Contract shall supercede
the provisions of the Management Agreement.
20.4.1 The parties agree, that the management and maintenance
moneys, which the Lessee pays to the Lessor and/or the Management Company
up until May 1st 1999 will be in the amount of NIS11.40 per sq. mtr. per
month (an amount in Shekel equivalent to US $3 per sq. mtr. per month) and
in any event, the management and maintenance moneys shall not be above the
management and maintenance moneys collected by the Lessor
<PAGE>
from a similar lessee in the Construction (with the exception of additions
for specific services rendered to the Lessee, as per its instructions). The
management and maintenance moneys, payable by the Lessee as stated, will be
linked to the index, all according to the provisions of Section 11 above.
The management and maintenance moneys, upon the completion of the
aforementioned period, shall be determined according to the cost of all the
expenses, as per their definition herebelow, together with the addition of
15% and according to the relative share of the Leased out of the entire
area.
20.4.2 The management and maintenance moneys, among others, shall
include expenses for the operation of an information station, cleaning and
gardening services, overhaul and repair services for the systems mentioned
above, electricity and water supply for the public areas, insurance for the
public areas including breakage insurance and also the expenses of any
other service, which is required according to the discretion of the Lessor
and/or the Management Company, including allowances for an equipment
renewal fund.
For a special service, which is not included within the general framework
of the responsibility of the Management Company, and which is given to the
Lessee and/or the Leased by the Management Company, as per the order of the
Lessee, the Lessee shall pay an additional amount above the management and
maintenance moneys.
20.3.3 The Lessor hereby agrees and is obligated to bear the
relative share of payment for all the areas intended for lease and which
are not leased.
20.3.4 It is agreed, that the Management Agreement shall include
the following obligations:
20.4.4.1 The Management Company shall keep books and accounts,
audited by an accountant, which would be available for the checking of the
Lessee to the extent that it is required for the purpose of the
determination of the management moneys.
<PAGE>
20.4.4.2 The Lessee will not be entitled to offset amounts due to
it from the Lessor from amounts that are due to the Management Company from
it, nor will it be entitled to offset amounts due to it from the Management
Company out of amounts that are due to the Lessor from it.
20.4.4.3 In the stand of the signing of this Contract, the Lessee
shall furnish the Lessor with an autonomic bank guarantee to the order of
the Lessor, according to the draft of Appendix I, in the amount of three
months of management and maintenance together with the addition of VAT,
that being for the assurance of the fulfillment of all the obligations of
the Lessee toward the Management Company. The guarantee shall be linked to
the Basic Index, according to its definition in Section 8.3 above, and will
be valid for twelve months from its issuance.
20.5 Without prejudice to the generality of that stated above, The
obligation to pay the management and maintenance moneys by the Lessee in
accordance with the provisions of this Contract and/or the Management
Agreement and the Parking Lot Management Agreement, Appendix G, shall be
viewed as the obligation to pay the lease moneys and the provisions of the
Management Agreement and the provisions of the Parking Lot Management
Agreement shall be viewed as the provisions of this Contract, the breach of
which shall entitle the Lessor to all the relieves stated in this Contract,
without prejudice to any relief given to the Management Company and/or the
Parking Lot Management Company in accordance with the Management Agreement
and/or the Parking Lot Management Agreement and/or in accordance with any
Law.
20.6 In the event of the rendering of services, as stated, by means of
the Management Company and/or the Parking Lot Management Company, the
meaning of the word "the Lessor" in this Section shall be the Lessor and/or
the Management Company and/or the Parking Lot Management Company.
<PAGE>
21. TAXES, FEES AND OBLIGATORY PAYMENTS
21.1 All the taxes, municipal taxes, payments, fees and various duties
(hereinafter: "The Taxes") whether municipal, governmental or others,
imposed or which would be imposed in the future on or in connection with
the use of the Leased or in connection with the management of the business
of the Lessee in the Leased during the lease period, shall apply and be
borne by the Lessee as from the Delivery Date.
Notwithstanding that stated above, duties and/or fees imposed due to the
development work and also lease moneys and betterment tax imposed on the
Leased shall apply to the Lessor.
Municipal taxes imposed on the Leased shall apply in any event to the
Lessee and be borne by it, that being even if it is determined by Law that
the tax will be paid by the Lessor and/or the owner of the land.
21.2 That stated above shall not be viewed as imposing an obligation on
the Lessee to pay income tax and/or capital gain tax and/or property tax,
applying and/or which would apply to the Leased.
21.3 Value Added Tax imposed on the Lessor or on the Lessee with respect
to this lease shall apply to the Lessee alone and be paid by it against the
furnishing of an appropriate tax invoice.
21.4 Each and every payment paid to the Lessor by the Lessee in
accordance with this Contract shall be paid together with the addition of
VAT, according to its lawful rate upon the payment date.
Notwithstanding that stated above and below, the Lessee will be entitled to
delay the payment of VAT up until the lawful date for its transferring to
the VAT Authorities.
<PAGE>
21.5 Notwithstanding that stated above, but subject to that stated in
Section 21.2, it is hereby agreed that in the event that a new tax is
imposed on the Leased, the payment of which applies to owners of
properties, such a tax and/or taxes as above shall be borne by the Lessee.
22 ARREARS INTEREST
22.1 Without prejudice to the generality of the rights of the Lessor
according to this Contract or according to the Law, in any event in which
the Lessee is in delay with any payment due to the Lessor in accordance
with this Contract, the Lessee will be obligated to pay to the Lessor the
amount in arrears together with a maximum rate of interest, accustomed at
such time with Bank Discount of Israel Ltd., Central Branch Haifa, in a
debit account, for overdraft above the maximum permitted overdraft
(hereinafter: "The Interest") or linkage differences together with lawful
interest on them, whichever is higher, as per the choosing of the Lessor,
that being from the arrears date until the actual payment date.
22.2 The order and manner of crediting of payments made by the Lessee
shall be determined by the Lessor, according to its discretion.
23. FRUSTRATION OF THE LEASE
23.1 In the event, that the Leased is damaged entirely or if the benefit
from the Leased is entirely cancelled, this Contract shall come to its end
and be viewed as cancelled, the Lessor shall refund to the Lessee same
lease moneys or securities, received by the Lessor in advance for the
period after the aforementioned event, that being according to the actual
amount, that was paid, together with linkage.
24. LIABILITY AND INSURANCE
24.1 The Lessor, including according to its definition in Section 20.6
above, shall not bear any responsibility or liability whatsoever for any
bodily
<PAGE>
damage and/or loss and/or damage to property of any kind whatsoever (direct
or indirect), which is caused to the Lessee and/or its workers and/or those
employed by it and/or its agents and/or its clients and/or visitors and/or
invitees and/or any other person located in the Leased or in another area
held by the Lessee, in the premises of the Lessor or in the area adjacent
to the Leased and/or to any other property of the Lessee and/or bodily
damage or damage to property caused to the neighbors of the Lessee.
The Lessee assumes full liability for any of the damages specified above,
and it is obligated to compensate and to indemnify the Lessor against any
damages it might be obligated to pay or compelled to pay due to a damage of
this sort and also against any expense incurred by the Lessor in connection
with any damage as above, all subject to that, that in the event that any
third party files a claim against the Lessor, the Lessor shall instigate
third party proceedings against the Lessee.
The Lessor is obligated to compensate and indemnify the Lessee against any
damages it might be obligated to pay or which would be paid by it in
consequence of a damage, as stated above, caused due to the negligence of
the Lessor, subject to that, that to the extent that any third party files
a claim against the Lessee, the Lessee shall instigate third party
proceedings against the Lessor.
24.2 The Lessee undertakes to insure itself against third party
liability, as specified in the Insurance Appendix, attached hereto and
marked E, and it is also obligated to bear the payment for the insurance of
the Construction, as specified in Section 24.15 of the Appendix E.
24.3 The payments, specified in Section 24.15 of the Appendix E shall be
regarded as lease moneys for each and every purpose.
<PAGE>
25. BREACH OF THE CONTRACT AND ITS CANCELLATION
25.1 Omitted.
25.2 Without prejudice to the provisions of any Law, any of the
following actions or avoidance of actions shall be regarded as a
fundamental breach of the Contract by the Lessee:
25.2.1 The use of the Leased not for the purpose of the lease,
stated above.
25.2.2 The transferring of the rights of the Lessee in the Leased
to another, in contrast with the provisions of Section 30 above.
25.2.3 The transferring of the control over the Lessee without the
agreement of the Lessor, in contrast with the provisions of Section 13
above.
25.2.4 Failure to pay the lease moneys and/or the management moneys
and/or the parking lot moneys and/or failure to pay any amount, which was
paid by the Lessor in the stead of the Lessee upon the payment date and/or
failure to deliver and/or renew the bank guarantee in accordance with the
Contract and/or its Appendices.
It is hereby clarified, that a delay with a payment or delivery, as stated,
not exceeding five days, shall not be regarded as breach of this Agreement.
25.2.5 The issuance of a receiving order or a liquidation order or
the appointment of a receiver for all the assets of the Lessee or for any
part thereof, whether such an order is temporary or permanent, and which is
not be revoked within sixty days from its issuance.
25.2.6 The causing of a significant nuisance, which may interfere
with enterprises or businesses, existing and/or which would exist nearby
the Leased and/or the removal of a nuisance, as stated.
25.2.7 Failure to transfer possession of the Leased upon the date,
in the manner and according to the condition, as specified in Section 26
herebelow.
25.2.8 The performance of an action in contrast with the provisions
of Sections 14, 15 and 16 above.
<PAGE>
25.2.9 Failure to pay for the services rendered to the Leased in
accordance with the Management Agreement and/or Parking Lot Management
Agreement and/or the Electricity Agreement.
25.3 In the event, that the Lessee breaches any of the aforementioned
fundamental conditions and fails to cure the breach within ten days from
the receipt of a warning in writing of the Lessor, the Lessor will be
entitled to cancel this Contract and this Contract shall be regarded as
cancelled from the date fixed in the notice of the Lessor.
25.4 In the event, that the Lessor lawfully notifies the Lessee of the
cancellation of the Contract, the Lessee shall vacate the Leased and return
possession thereof to the Lessor, as the Leased is clear and vacant of any
holder and object, within thirty days from the receipt of the notice with
respect to the cancellation of this Contract, and shall compensate the
Lessor for any damage caused to it.
25.5 The provisions of this Section shall not derogate from other rights
of any of the parties in accordance with this Contract or by Law.
25.6 Any absence of an action and/or the lack of response and/or
avoidance of a use of a remedy by the Lessor, as per this Section, shall
not be construed in any way or manner as a waiver on its part of its rights
in accordance with the Contract, in case of a prolonged or additional
breach on the part of the Lessee, unless the Lessor waived its
aforementioned rights in advance, explicitly and in writing.
26. VACATING THE LEASED
26.1 The Lessee shall vacate the Leased upon the completion of the lease
period or upon any date in which the lease is terminated in accordance with
<PAGE>
this Contract, and it will return it to the Lessor as it is clear of any
person and object, as per that stated in this Section. In any event in
which the Lessee should vacate the Leased according to this Contract, it is
obligated to return it to the Lessor as it is absolutely clear and in a
good condition worthy for immediate use, to the satisfaction of the
engineer of the Lessor, with the exception of wear and tear deriving from
reasonable normal use of the Leased.
26.2 In the event, that the Lessee did not vacate the Leased, as stated
in Sub-Section 1 above and in Section 25.4 above, the Lessee shall pay to
the Lessor a fixed and evaluated in advance compensation in a rate
equivalent to 200% of the basic lease moneys for each month of delay, and
also another relative rate for additional days of arrears, that being
together with the addition of linkage differences between the Basic Index
and the index recently published prior to the actual payment. In addition
to that, the Lessee will pay to the Lessor any damage or loss, which is
caused to the Lessor or to a third party, as a result of a delay with the
vacating of the Leased and its leasing to a new lessee by the Lessor.
27. EXPENSES OF THE CONTRACT AND LEGAL EXPENSES
27.1 Stamp duty of this Contract shall apply to the parties in equal
parts. The stamping expenses of the guarantees, subject to this Contract,
shall apply to the Lessee.
27.2 It has been agreed and declared between the parties, that in the
event that the Lessee shall not vacate the Leased upon the completion of
the lease period or after receiving a notice with respect to the
cancellation of the lease in accordance with the provisions of this
Contract or in any event that the Lessee breaches any of the provisions of
this Agreement, the Lessee, in addition to all the relieves stated in this
Contract and by Law, will bear all the
<PAGE>
expenses incurred by the Lessor in all matters pertaining to the legal
handling in connection with any hearing or legal claim or an action with
the Execution Bureau, including legal fees incurred by the Lessor, all in
accordance with the judgment of the Court and/or any other judicial
institute.
28. AMENDMENT OF THE CONTRACT
Any change and/or amendment to this Contract shall only be made by way of
an explicit document in writing, signed by the parties to the Contract.
29. DEVIATION
The agreement of a party to this Contract to deviate from its conditions in
a certain case or in a series of cases shall not constitute a precedent and
it shall be not drawn by comparison by analogy to another case in the
future.
30. NOTICES AND WARNINGS
30.1 Any notice or warning, passed by one party to the other in
connection with this Contract, shall be passed by means of registered mail
or delivered by hand according to the addresses of the parties, as stated
in the preamble to this Contract (or to any other address according to a
notice in writing) and such a notice or a warning, as stated, shall be
viewed as if delivered to the addressee upon the actual delivery - if it
was delivered by hand, and if passed by the Israeli Post - within seventy
two hours after its delivery by mail, as postal moneys are fully paid in
advance.
30.2 The addresses of the parties are as specified in the preamble to
this Contract.
<PAGE>
31. ADDITIONAL STEPS
The parties shall take any additional steps (including the signing of
additional documents), as would be required for the execution of the
Contract to its spirit and wording.
32. GENERAL
32.1 Any waiver, negligence, disregard or failure to take legal means or
a delay with the exercise of the rights on the part of the Lessor in a
certain case shall in no way be viewed as a waiver, consent or
acknowledgement on the part of the Lessor. The Lessor will be entitled to
exercise any of its rights in accordance with this Contract or by Law at
any time whatsoever, and whenever it is found to be in place despite any
prior waivers, discounts or negligence.
32.2 For the purposes of this Lease Contract, including all its
Appendices and everything deriving therefrom, including a claim for its
breach, the parties determined that the competent Court of Haifa is the
exclusive and singular venue and no other Court.
32.3 Any notice in accordance with this Agreement shall be given, in the
absence of another determination, in writing seven business days in
advance.
In witness thereof, the parties have signed:
DSP Group Ltd. Bayside Land Corporation Ltd.
(signature) (signature)
/s/ Eliyahu Ayalon /s/ Hanan Nitsan
------------------------ -----------------------------
/s/ Noach Aviram
-----------------------------
The Lessee The Lessor
<PAGE>
DSP GROUP, INC.
1998 NON-OFFICER EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
1. PURPOSES OF THE PLAN. The purposes of this Non-Officer Employee Stock
Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide
additional incentive to Employees (excluding Officers) and to promote the
success of the Company's business.
2. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) "ADMINISTRATOR" means the Board or any of the Committees
appointed to administer the Plan.
(b) "AFFILIATE" and "ASSOCIATE" shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
(c) "APPLICABLE LAWS" means the legal requirements relating to the
administration of stock option plans, if any, under applicable provisions of
federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the
rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules
of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.
(d) "AWARD" means the grant of an Non-Qualified Stock Option or other
right or benefit under the Plan.
(e) "AWARD AGREEMENT" means the written agreement evidencing the
grant of an Award executed by the Company and the Grantee, including any
amendments thereto.
(f) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(g) "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means a change in ownership or control of the
Company effected through either of the following transactions:
(i) the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related
group of persons (other than an acquisition from or by the Company or by a
Company-sponsored employee benefit plan or by a person that directly or
indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the
Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the
Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the
total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities pursuant to
a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company's stockholders which a
majority of the Continuing Directors who are not Affiliates or Associates of the
offeror do not recommend such stockholders accept, or
(ii) a change in the composition of the Board over a period of
twenty-four (24) months or less such that a majority of the Board members
(rounded up to the next whole number) ceases, by reason of one or more contested
elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who are
Continuing Directors.
1
<PAGE>
(h) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(i) "COMMITTEE" means any committee appointed by the Board to
administer the Plan.
(j) "COMMON STOCK" means the common stock of the Company.
(k) "COMPANY" means DSP Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(l) "CONSULTANT" means any person (other than an Employee or, solely
with respect to rendering services in such person's capacity as a Director) who
is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory
services to the Company or such Related Entity.
(m) "CONTINUING DIRECTORS" means members of the Board who either
(i) have been Board members continuously for a period of at least twenty-four
(24) months or (ii) have been Board members for less than twenty-four (24)
months and were elected or nominated for election as Board members by at least a
majority of the Board members described in clause (i) who were still in office
at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board.
(n) "CONTINUOUS SERVICE" means that the provision of services to the
Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant,
is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Service shall not be considered
interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers
between locations of the Company or among the Company, any Related Entity, or
any successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any
change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company
or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except
as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). An approved leave of absence
shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal
leave.
(o) "CORPORATE TRANSACTION" means any of the following transactions:
(i) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the
surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to
change the state in which the Company is incorporated;
(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the capital stock of
the Company's subsidiary corporations) in connection with the complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
(iii) any reverse merger in which the Company is the
surviving entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent
(50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities
are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such
securities immediately prior to such merger; or
(iv) an acquisition by any person or related group of persons
(other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of
beneficial ownership
2
<PAGE>
(within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities
possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power
of the Company's outstanding securities (whether or not in a transaction also
constituting a Change in Control), but excluding any such transaction that
the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.
(p) "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board or the board of directors
of any Related Entity.
(q) "DISABILITY" means that a Grantee would qualify for benefit
payments under the long-term disability policy of the Company or the Related
Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee
is covered by such policy.
(r) "EMPLOYEE" means any person who is an employee of the Company or
any Related Entity. The payment of a director's fee by the Company or a Related
Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.
(s) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
(t) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of Common
Stock determined as follows:
(i) Where there exists a public market for the Common Stock, the
Fair Market Value shall be (A) the closing price for a Share for the last market
trading day prior to the time of the determination (or, if no closing price was
reported on that date, on the last trading date on which a closing price was
reported) on the stock exchange determined by the Administrator to be the
primary market for the Common Stock or the Nasdaq National Market, whichever is
applicable or (B) if the Common Stock is not traded on any such exchange or
national market system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices of a
Share on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market for the day prior to the time of the
determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last
date on which such prices were reported), in each case, as reported in THE WALL
STREET JOURNAL or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
(ii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock
of the type described in (i), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be
determined by the Administrator in good faith.
(u) "GRANTEE" means an Employee who receives an Award pursuant to an
Award Agreement under the Plan.
(v) "NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to
qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code.
(w) "OFFICER" means a person who is an officer of the Company or a
Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
3
<PAGE>
(x) "OPTION" means an option to purchase Shares pursuant to an Award
Agreement granted under the Plan.
(y) "PARENT" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter
existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
(z) "PLAN" means this 1998 Non-Officer Employee Stock Option Plan.
(aa) "RELATED ENTITY" means any Parent, Subsidiary and any business,
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the
Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary holds a substantial ownership interest,
directly or indirectly.
(bb) "RULE 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act
or any successor thereto.
(cc) "SHARE" means a share of the Common Stock.
(dd) "SUBSIDIARY" means a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or
hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
(ee) "RELATED ENTITY DISPOSITION" means the sale, distribution or
other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's
interests in any Related Entity effected by a sale, merger or consolidation or
other transaction involving that Related Entity or the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of that Related Entity.
3. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 10, below, the maximum
aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards is 950,000
Shares. The Shares to be issued pursuant to Awards may be authorized, but
unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
(b) Any Shares covered by an Award (or portion of an Award) which is
forfeited or canceled, expires or is settled in cash, shall be deemed not to
have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum aggregate number of
Shares which may be issued under the Plan. If any unissued Shares are retained
by the Company upon exercise of an Award in order to satisfy the exercise price
for such Award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such Award, such
retained Shares subject to such Award shall become available for future issuance
under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that actually have been
issued under the Plan pursuant to an Award shall not be returned to the Plan and
shall not become available for future issuance under the Plan, except that if
unvested Shares are forfeited, or repurchased by the Company at their original
purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the
Plan.
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.
4
<PAGE>
(i) ADMINISTRATION. The Plan shall be administered by (A) the
Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be
constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws. Once appointed,
such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until
otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may authorize one or more Officers
to grant such Awards and may limit such authority as the Board determines from
time to time.
(ii) ADMINISTRATION ERRORS. In the event an Award is granted in
a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this subsection (a), such Award
shall be presumptively valid as of its grant date to the extent permitted by the
Applicable Laws.
(b) POWERS OF THE ADMINISTRATOR. Subject to Applicable Laws and the
provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator
hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Administrator
shall have the authority, in its discretion:
(i) to select the Employees to whom Awards may be granted
from time to time hereunder;
(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are
granted hereunder;
(iii) to determine the number of Shares or the amount of
other consideration to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the
Plan;
(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award
granted hereunder;
(vi) to amend the terms of any outstanding Award granted
under the Plan, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the
Grantee's rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the
Grantee's written consent;
(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and
Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, including without limitation, any notice
of Award or Award Agreement, granted pursuant to the Plan;
(viii) to establish additional terms, conditions, rules or
procedures to accommodate the rules or laws of applicable foreign
jurisdictions and to afford Grantees favorable treatment under such laws;
provided, however, that no Award shall be granted under any such additional
terms, conditions, rules or procedures with terms or conditions which are
inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan; and
(ix) to take such other action, not inconsistent with the
terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.
5
<PAGE>
(c) EFFECT OF ADMINISTRATOR'S DECISION. All decisions,
determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be conclusive and
binding on all persons.
5. ELIGIBILITY. Awards may be granted to Employees, excluding Officers.
An Employee who has been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted
additional Awards. Awards may be granted to such Employees (excluding Officers)
who are residing in foreign jurisdictions as the Administrator may determine
from time to time.
6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS.
(a) CONDITIONS OF AWARD. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the
Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each
Award including, but not limited to, the Award vesting schedule, repurchase
provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment
(cash, Shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the Award, payment
contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria. The performance
criteria established by the Administrator may be based on any one of, or
combination of, increase in share price, earnings per share, total
stockholder return, return on equity, return on assets, return on investment,
net operating income, cash flow, revenue, economic value added, personal
management objectives, or other measure of performance selected by the
Administrator. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in a
payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in
the Award Agreement.
(b) ACQUISITIONS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS. The Administrator may issue
Awards under the Plan in settlement, assumption or substitution for, outstanding
awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a
Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity or an
additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, stock purchase, asset
purchase or other form of transaction.
(c) DEFERRAL OF AWARD PAYMENT. The Administrator may establish one
or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees the opportunity to
elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction
of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle
the Grantee to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an
Award. The Administrator may establish the election procedures, the timing of
such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other
earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and
such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems
advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.
(d) SEPARATE PROGRAMS. The Administrator may establish one or more
separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of
Awards to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as
determined by the Administrator from time to time.
(e) EARLY EXERCISE. The Award Agreement may, but need not, include a
provision whereby the Grantee may elect at any time while in Continuous Service
to exercise any part or all of the Award prior to full vesting of the Award.
Any unvested Shares received pursuant to
6
<PAGE>
such exercise may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or
a Related Entity or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to
be appropriate.
(f) TERM OF AWARD. The term of each Award shall be the term stated
in the Award Agreement.
(g) TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS. Awards shall be transferable to the
extent provided in the Award Agreement.
(h) TIME OF GRANTING AWARDS. The date of grant of an Award shall for
all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to
grant such Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator.
Notice of the grant determination shall be given to each Employee to whom an
Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
7. AWARD EXERCISE OR PURCHASE PRICE, CONSIDERATION, AND TAXES.
(a) EXERCISE OR PURCHASE PRICE. The exercise price for an Award
shall be determined by the Administrator.
(b) CONSIDERATION. Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to
be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Award including the
method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. In addition to
any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the
Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under
the Plan the following, provided that the portion of the consideration equal to
the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:
(i) cash;
(ii) check;
(iii) delivery of Grantee's promissory note with such
recourse, interest, security, and redemption provisions as the Administrator
determines as appropriate;
(iv) surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed
form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require
(including withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the
Award) which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation
equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award
shall be exercised (but only to the extent that such exercise of the Award
would not result in an accounting compensation charge with respect to the
Shares used to pay the exercise price unless otherwise determined by the
Administrator);
(v) with respect to Options, payment through a broker-dealer
sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (A) shall provide
written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the
immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company,
out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date,
7
<PAGE>
sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the
purchased Shares and (B) shall provide written directives to the Company to
deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage
firm in order to complete the sale transaction; or
(vi) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
(c) TAXES. No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any
Grantee or other person until such Grantee or other person has made arrangements
acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of any foreign, federal,
state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including,
without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares. Upon
exercise of an Award, the Company shall withhold or collect from Grantee an
amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations.
8. EXERCISE OF AWARD.
(a) PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.
(i) Any Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such
times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the
terms of the Plan and specified in the Award Agreement.
(ii) An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice
of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of
the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the
Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised, including, to the extent
selected, use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the
purchase price as provided in Section 7(b)(v). Until the issuance (as evidenced
by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares,
no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall
exist with respect to Shares subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise
of an Option or other Award. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued)
such stock certificate promptly upon exercise of the Award. No adjustment will
be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in the Award Agreement
or Section 10, below.
(b) EXERCISE OF AWARD FOLLOWING TERMINATION OF CONTINUOUS SERVICE.
(i) An Award may not be exercised after the termination date of
such Award set forth in the Award Agreement and may be exercised following the
termination of a Grantee's Continuous Service only to the extent provided in the
Award Agreement.
(ii) Where the Award Agreement permits a Grantee to exercise an
Award following the termination of the Grantee's Continuous Service for a
specified period, the Award shall terminate to the extent not exercised on the
last day of the specified period or the last day of the original term of the
Award, whichever occurs first.
(c) BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Administrator may at any time offer to
buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Award previously granted, based on
such terms and conditions as
8
<PAGE>
the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Grantee at the time
that such offer is made.
9. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.
(a) Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award
unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares
pursuant thereto shall comply with all Applicable Laws, and shall be further
subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.
(b) As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may
require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of
any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and
without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any
Applicable Laws.
10. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. Subject to any required
action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered by each
outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for
issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which
have been returned to the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such
outstanding Award, as well as any other terms that the Administrator determines
require adjustment shall be proportionately adjusted for (i) any increase or
decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse
stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Shares,
(ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected
without receipt of consideration by the Company, or (iii) as the Administrator
may determine in its discretion, any other transaction with respect to Common
Stock to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies; provided, however that
conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to
have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be
made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and
conclusive. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company
of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock
of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made
with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.
11. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS/CHANGES IN CONTROL/RELATED ENTITY
DISPOSITIONS. The Administrator shall have the authority, exercisable either
in advance of any actual or anticipated Corporate Transaction, Change in
Control or Related Entity Disposition or at the time of an actual Corporate
Transaction, Change in Control or Related Entity Disposition and exercisable
at the time of the grant of an Award under the Plan or any time while an
Award remains outstanding, to provide for the full automatic vesting and
exercisability of one or more outstanding unvested Awards under the Plan and
the release from restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights
of such Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction, Change in Control
or Related Entity Disposition, on such terms and conditions as the
Administrator may specify. The Administrator also shall have the authority
to condition any such Award vesting and exercisability or release from such
limitations upon the subsequent termination of the Continuous Service of the
Grantee within a specified period following the
9
<PAGE>
effective date of the Corporate Transaction, Change in Control or Related
Entity Disposition. The Administrator may provide that any Awards so vested
or released from such limitations in connection with a Change in Control or
Related Entity Disposition, shall remain fully exercisable until the
expiration or sooner termination of the Award. Effective upon the
consummation of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Awards under the
Plan shall terminate unless assumed by the successor company or its Parent.
12. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN. The Plan shall become effective upon
its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10)
years unless sooner terminated. Subject to Section 16, below, and Applicable
Laws, Awards may be granted under the Plan upon its becoming effective.
13. AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.
To the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain
stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree
as required.
(b) No Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or
after termination of the Plan.
(c) Any amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan (including
termination of the Plan under Section 12, above) shall not affect Awards already
granted, and such Awards shall remain in full force and effect as if the Plan
had not been amended, suspended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise
between the Grantee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing
and signed by the Grantee and the Company.
14. RESERVATION OF SHARES.
(a) The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times
reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to
satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
(b) The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any
regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's
counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder,
shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or
sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been
obtained.
15. NO EFFECT ON TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP. The Plan shall not
confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee's Continuous
Service, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the
Company's right to terminate the Grantee's Continuous Service at any time, with
or without cause.
16. NO EFFECT ON RETIREMENT AND OTHER BENEFIT PLANS. Except as
specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a
Related Entity, Awards shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of
computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Company or
a Related Entity, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit
10
<PAGE>
plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the
availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. The
Plan is not a "Retirement-Plan" or "Welfare Plan" under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
11
<PAGE>
DSP Group Inc.
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
--------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues $63,850 $61,959 $52,910 $50,347 $28,604
Income (loss) from continuing operations $14,415 $11,034 $ 5,979 $ 7,211 $ 4,032
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period used to
compute basic earnings per share 9,768 9,736 9,510 9,352 8,111
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period used to
compute diluted earnings per share 10,016 10,203 9,581 9,658 9,135
Net income (loss) per share - Basic $ 1.48 $ 1.13 $ .63 $ .77 $ .50
Net income (loss) per share - Diluted $ 1.44 $ 1.08 $ .62 $ .75 $ .44
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities $66,989 $65,944 $42,934 $33,828 $26,376
Working capital $68,673 $66,947 $47,851 $39,304 $29,824
Total assets $85,791 $85,826 $59,778 $55,350 $43,832
Total stockholders' equity $75,695 $74,170 $54,449 $47,541 $36,801
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEARS BY QUARTER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997
------------------------------------------------ -------------------------------------------
(UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
QUARTERLY DATA: 4TH 3RD 2ND 1ST 4TH 3RD 2ND 1ST
Revenues $ 14,117 $ 17,308 $ 16,749 $ 15,676 $ 16,581 $ 16,558 $ 14,642 $ 14,178
Gross profit $ 8,742 $ 9,041 $ 8,756 $ 7,883 $ 8,697 $ 8,050 $ 6,595 $ 6,305
Net income $ 3,468 $ 3,475 $ 4,261 $ 3,211 $ 3,445 $ 3,348 $ 2,225 $ 2,016
Net income per share - Basic $ .37 $ .36 $ .43 $ .32 $ .34 $ .34 $ .23 $ .21
Net income per share - Diluted $ .36 $ .35 $ .42 $ .31 $ .33 $ .32 $ .23 $ .21
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
DSP Group Inc.
Price Range of Common Stock
The Company's common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market
(Nasdaq symbol "DSPG"). The following table presents for the periods
indicated the intraday high and low sale prices for the Company's common
stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HIGH LOW
---------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1998
First Quarter $26.88 $16.75
Second Quarter $25.00 $16.88
Third Quarter $24.75 $13.13
Fourth Quarter $20.88 $ 9.63
1997
First Quarter $13.00 $ 8.50
Second Quarter $15.50 $ 8.50
Third Quarter $40.38 $15.06
Fourth Quarter $42.25 $17.94
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1998, there were approximately 88 holders of record
of the Company's Common Stock, which the Company believes represents
approximately 4,230 beneficial holders. The Company has not paid cash
dividends on its Common Stock and presently intends to follow a policy of
retaining any earnings for reinvestment in its business.
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITIONS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
1998
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
1998 has been a successful year for DSP Group's research and development
team, which undertook and successfully completed an ambitious project of
renewing our entire line of products. We also launched two new Core
technology generations, the TeakDSPCore-Registered Trademark- and
PalmDSPCore.-TM- Moreover, our results of operations for 1998 show increased
licensing revenues and improved product gross margins. As a result, DSP Group
has entered 1999 as a world leader in its advanced technologies and products.
DSP Group's liquidity and working capital continually improved
throughout 1998 and by year end we achieved new record highs for DSP Group in
cash and marketable securities and working capital. These increases were
attained despite our repurchase program of DSP Group common stock during 1998
in the approximate aggregate amount of $14 million. Throughout 1998, DSP
Group maintained its role as a leading supplier of technologically advanced,
high performance, cost effective signal processors.
Our future operating results will be dependent upon a variety of
factors. See "Factors Affecting Operating Results" in this report and in our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
TOTAL REVENUES. Our total revenues were $63.9 million in 1998, $62.0 million
in 1997 and $52.9 million in 1996. This represents an increase in total
revenues of 3% in 1998 as compared with total revenues in 1997, and a 17%
increase in total revenues in 1997 as compared with those in 1996. However,
in the fourth quarter of 1998, there was a sharp decline in our product
revenues as a result of the phasing out of our previous line of D6K series
products. Our licensing revenues in 1998 were $14.6 million compared to $10.7
million in 1997, and $11.6 million in 1996. This represents an increase in
licensing revenues of 36% in 1998 as compared with 1997,
<PAGE>
and a decrease of 8% in our licensing revenues in 1997 as compared with those
in 1996.
Export sales, primarily consisting of TAD speech processors shipped to
manufacturers in Europe and Asia, including Japan, represented 95% of DSP
Group's total revenues in 1998, 92% in 1997 and 91% in 1996. All export sales
are denominated in U.S. dollars.
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS. Revenues from one of our distributors, Tomen
Electronics, accounted for 45% of our total revenues in 1998 as compared to
33% in 1997, and 17% in 1996. In addition, revenues from Samsung
Semiconductor Inc. accounted for 11% of our total revenues in 1996. The loss
of one or more of our major distributors or customers could harm our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit as a percentage of total revenues increased to 54%
in 1998, from 48% in 1997 and from 42% in 1996. The increase in gross profit
in 1998 compared to 1997 was primarily due to the increase in our licensing
revenues, which have a higher gross profit than product sales.
Product gross profit as a percentage of product sales increased to 41%
in 1998, from 39% in 1997 and from 29% in 1996. This ongoing increase was
primarily due to the decrease in our costs of manufacturing. Our
manufacturing costs have decreased due to improvements in manufacturing
technology and the decreased manufacturing prices obtained from our
foundries. Importantly, this increase in gross profit was achieved even
though we continue to experience competitive, downward pricing pressure for
our TAD products.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES. Research and development expenses
increased to $10.2 million in 1998, from $8.4 million in 1997. This increase
in research and development expenses in 1998 as compared to those in 1997 was
attributable mainly to an increase in the external services provided to our
research and development team, additional mask tapeouts for our new enhanced
line of products, and an increase in our research and development personnel.
The slight decrease in research and development expenses to $8.4 million
in 1997 compared to $8.5 million in 1996 occurred as we finalized the
consolidation of
<PAGE>
our research and development activities in Israel, which resulted in a
closely managed, more efficient and better focused research team. Research
and development expenses as a percentage of total revenues increased to 16%
in 1998, from 14% in 1997. In 1996, research and development expenses as a
percentage of total revenues was 16%.
SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES. Our sales and marketing expenses increased to
$5.2 million in 1998, from $4.9 million in 1997 and from $4.4 million in 1996.
The increase in expenses in 1998 as compared to those in 1997 was due to an
increase in our sales and marketing personnel, which was partially offset by
lower sales commissions and lower consulting costs.
Sales and marketing expenses increased from $4.4 million in 1996 to $4.9
million in 1997 primarily due to our establishment of a new worldwide marketing
group and extensive participation in trade shows and professional conferences.
Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of total revenues remained at
8% in 1998, 1997 and 1996.
GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES. Our general and administrative expenses
increased only slightly to $4.6 million in 1998 from $4.5 million in 1997 as we
continued to closely monitor these expenses.
General and administrative expenses decreased significantly in 1997 to $4.5
million from $5.7 million in 1996 mainly due to a decrease in salary and fringe
benefits expense and legal expenses, as well as our closer monitoring of other
expenses, including facilities rent, maintenance and insurance expenses.
General and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenues
remained at 7% in both 1998 and 1997 after a decrease from 11% in 1996.
UNUSUAL ITEMS. In July 1996, DSP Group made an initial cash investment of $2.0
million for approximately 40% of the equity interests in Aptel Ltd. ("Aptel"),
which is located in Israel. In connection with the acquisition, we incurred a
one-time write-off of acquired in-process technology of $1.5 million based on an
independent estimate of value.
INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME. Interest and other income increased to $3.8
million in 1998 from $2.9 million in 1997 and from $1.6 million in 1996. The
increase in
<PAGE>
interest income in 1998 is a result of higher levels on cash equivalents and
marketable securities in 1998 as compared with 1997 and 1996, as well as higher
yields of financial investments.
Equity in income (loss) of equity method investees was $125,000 in 1998,
($706,000) in 1997 and ($457,000) in 1996. In both 1997 and 1996 equity in
losses of Aptel were included in our results of operations. In December 1997,
Aptel's shareholders, including DSP Group, exchanged their shares in Aptel for
shares of common stock of Nexus Telecommunications Systems Ltd. ("Nexus"), an
Israeli company whose shares are registered and traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap
Market. DSP Group's results of operations in 1998 do not include any equity
gains (losses) pertaining to Aptel or Nexus.
The increase in equity in losses in 1997 compared to those in 1996 was due
to our higher equity share in both Aptel and AudioCodes Ltd., an Israeli
corporation. See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
more information. Equity in income (loss) of equity method investees also
included amortization of the excess of the purchase price over the net assets
acquired for an equity investment in AudioCodes, Ltd. made in the second quarter
of 1994.
GAIN ON SETTLEMENT OF LITIGATION. In October 1996, DSP Group entered into
agreements with Rockwell International Inc. to license certain of DSP Group's
TrueSpeech technologies and to settle all pending litigation between the
companies. As part of the litigation settlement, DSP Group recorded a one
time pre-tax gain of $3.8 million, net of legal expenses.
GAIN ON SALE OF MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITY. In April 1998, DSP Group sold all
of its Nexus shares in a private transaction and realized a pre-tax one time
gain on marketable equity securities of approximately $1.1 million, which is
included under "Other income (expense)" in our consolidated statements of income
for 1998.
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES. The effective tax rate for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was 25%, 20% and 15%, respectively. The tax
rate for 1998 is higher than 1997 due to previously unbenefited operating
losses and tax credit carryforwards utilized in 1997 which are no longer
available in 1998, offset by
<PAGE>
increased foreign tax holiday benefits in 1998. The tax rate for 1997 is
higher than 1996 due to decreased percentage benefits from the utilization of
net operating loss carry forwards, offset slightly by increased percentage
foreign tax holiday benefits and the recognition of previously unbenefited
deferred tax assets.
DSP Group Ltd., DSP Group's subsidiary in Israel, has been granted
"Approved Enterprise" status by the Israeli government according to four
investment plans. The Approved Enterprise status allows for a tax holiday for
a period of two to four years and a reduced corporate tax rate of 10% for an
additional eight or six years, on the respective investment plans'
proportionate share of taxable income. The tax benefits under these
investment plans are scheduled to gradually expire starting from 2002 through
2009.
Management has assessed the need for a valuation allowance against
deferred tax assets and has concluded that it is more likely than not that
$2.2 million deferred tax assets will be realized based on current levels of
future taxable income and potentially refundable taxes.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
During 1998, DSP Group generated $15.1 million of cash and cash
equivalents from its operating activities as compared to $18.6 million during
1997 and $11.3 million in 1996. The decrease in 1998 of cash and cash
equivalents as compared with that in 1997 occurred even though DSP Group
experienced an increase in net income in 1998. The decrease in cash and cash
equivalents was attributable primarily to the non-cash effects of recognizing
deferred revenue and the cash used by the increase in accounts receivables
and decrease in accounts payables, which in turn was partially offset by the
decrease in our inventories and in our deferred income tax. The increase in
cash and cash equivalents in 1997 as compared to 1996 was primarily due to
the increase in net income from our operations and the increase in our
deferred revenue.
We invest excess cash in marketable securities of varying maturity,
depending on our projected cash needs for operations, capital expenditures
and other business purposes. In 1998, DSP Group purchased $60.0 million of
investments classified as marketable securities, $77.1 million in 1997 and
$32.2 million in 1996. In addition, DSP Group sold $60.6 million of
investments classified as marketable securities in 1998, $49.3 million in
1997 and $20.6 million in 1996. During 1998 and late 1997,
<PAGE>
we extended the average maturity for our investments to a maximum of 24
months from the previous maximum of 18 months in early 1997. As a result, as
of December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, a larger portion of our
investments had been held for a period greater than one year as compared to
the holding period of our investments as of December 31, 1996.
Our capital equipment purchases amounted to $2.3 million in 1998, $2.2
million in 1997 and $836,000 in 1996 for computer hardware and software used
in engineering development, engineering test equipment, leasehold
improvements, vehicles, and furniture and fixtures. The acquisitions of
capital equipment during 1998 were primarily for computer equipment, testing
equipment and software for our research and development efforts during the
year.
In 1996, DSP Group made an initial cash investment of $2.0 million for
approximately 40% of the equity interests in Aptel. In 1997, DSP Group
invested an additional $176,000 in convertible debentures of Aptel.
Subsequently, in December 1997, Aptel's shareholders, including DSP Group,
exchanged their shares in Aptel for shares in Nexus. In April 1998, DSP Group
sold all of its Nexus shares in a private transaction for approximately $1.3
million and realized a pre-tax one time gain on marketable equity securities
of approximately $1.1 million, which is included under "Other income
(expense)" in our consolidated statements of income for the 1998.
In January 1998, DSP Group announced a stock repurchase program
pursuant to which up to 1,000,000 shares of DSP Group common stock were to be
acquired in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions.
Accordingly, in 1998, we repurchased 814,000 shares of our common stock at an
average purchase price of $17.53 per share, for an aggregate purchase price
of approximately $14.3 million.
Cash received upon the exercise of employee stock options and through
purchases pursuant to DSP Group's employee stock purchase plan in 1998
totaled $1.2 million as compared with $6.6 million in 1997 and $495,000 in
1996. In addition, repayment of stockholders' notes receivable provided cash
of $434,000 in 1996.
At December 31, 1998, DSP Group's principal source of liquidity
consisted of cash and cash equivalents totaling $9.0 million and marketable
securities of $58.0
<PAGE>
million. DSP Group's working capital at December 31, 1998 was $68.7 million,
an increase from the working capital of $66.9 million at December 31, 1997.
We believe that our current cash, cash equivalent and marketable
securities will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements through at least
the next 12 months. In February 1999, our Board of Directors approved another
stock repurchase program pursuant to which we may acquire up to 1,000,000
shares of DSP Group common stock in the open market or in privately
negotiated transactions. Accordingly, we will use part of our available cash
for this purpose. As part of DSP Group's business strategy, we occasionally
evaluate potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies.
Accordingly, a portion of our available cash may be used for the acquisition
of complementary products or businesses. These potential transactions may
require substantial capital resources, which may require us to seek
additional debt or equity financing. However, we cannot provide assurance
that we will consummate any such transactions.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
INTEREST RATE RISK. It is DSP Group's policy not to enter into derivative
financial instruments. DSP Group does not currently have any significant
foreign currency exposure since it does not transact business in foreign
currencies. Due to this, DSP Group did not have significant overall currency
exposure at March 1, 1999.
FOREIGN CURRENCY RATE RISK. As nearly all of DSP Group's sales and expenses are
denominated in U.S. Dollars, DSP Group has experienced only insignificant
foreign exchange gains and losses to date, and does not expect to incur
significant gains and losses in the next 12 months. DSP Group did not engage in
foreign currency hedging activities during 1998.
EUROPEAN MONETARY UNION
Within Europe, the European Economic and Monetary Union (the "EMU")
introduced a new currency, the euro, on January 1, 1999. During 2002, all EMU
countries are expected to be operating with the euro as their single currency.
Uncertainty exists as to the effect the euro currency will have on the
marketplace. Additionally, all of the final rules and regulations have not yet
been defined and
<PAGE>
finalized by the European Commission with regard to the euro currency. We are
assessing the effect the euro formation will have on DSP Group's internal
systems and the sale of DSP Group products. We expect to take appropriate
actions based on the results of such assessment. We believe that the cost
related to this issue will not be material to us and will not have a
substantial effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
DSP Group is aware of the issues associated with the programming code in
existing computer systems as the Year 2000 approaches. The "Year 2000"
problem is concerned with whether computer systems will properly recognize
date sensitive information when the year changes to 2000. Systems that do
not properly recognize such information could generate erroneous data or
cause a system to fail. The Year 2000 problem is pervasive and complex as
the computer operation of virtually every company will be affected in some
way.
Beginning in 1997, during 1998 and going forward in 1999, DSP Group is
utilizing both internal and external resources to identify, correct or
reprogram and test DSP Group's systems for Year 2000 readiness. We anticipate
that all reprogramming efforts, including testing, will be completed by June
30, 1999. Our efforts include the evaluation of both information technology
("IT") and non-IT systems. Non-IT systems include systems or hardware
containing embedded technology such as microcontrollers. To date the costs
incurred by DSP Group with respect to this project are not material and we do
not believe that future costs for the completion of this project will be
material. However, if systems material to our operations have not been made
Year 2000 ready by the completion of the project, the Year 2000 issue could
have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. We have not
developed a contingency plan to operate in the event that a noncompliant
critical system is not remedied by January 1, 2000 and do not intend to do so.
Throughout 1998 and into 1999, we have been and continue to take steps
to ensure that our products and services will continue to operate on and
after January 1, 2000. We believe that DSP Group's products being shipped
today are Year 2000 ready. In addition, to date, confirmations have been
received from DSP Group's primary processing vendors that plans are being
developed to address the processing
<PAGE>
of transactions in the Year 2000. We also have been communicating with
suppliers and other third parties that DSP Group does business with to
coordinate Year 2000 readiness. The responses received to date indicate that
such third parties are taking steps to address this concern.
Based upon the steps being taken to address this issue and the progress
to date, we believe that Year 2000 readiness expenses will not have a
material adverse effect on DSP Group's earnings. However, we cannot assure
that Year 2000 problems will not occur with respect to DSP Group's computer
systems. Furthermore, the Year 2000 problem may impact other entities with
which we transact business, and we cannot predict the effect of the Year 2000
problem on such entities or the resulting effect on DSP Group. As a result,
if preventative and/or corrective actions mainly by those which DSP Group
does business with are not made in a timely manner, the Year 2000 issue could
result in a failure of some of DSP Group's manufacturing operations, which
would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
SALE OF COMMON STOCK. On February 2, 1999, DSP Group announced that it had
entered into a stock purchase agreement with Magnum Technologies, Ltd., an
international investment fund ("Magnum"), in which DSP Group issued and sold
2,300,000 new shares of DSP Group common stock to Magnum. Based in part on
Magnum's representations, the transaction was exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 according to Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. These shares, representing 19.6% of DSP Group's outstanding
common stock at the time of the transaction, were issued for a price of $15
per share, or an aggregate of $34.5 million in total net proceeds to DSP
Group. As part of the agreement, Magnum may acquire additional shares of DSP
Group in the open market, but may not bring its total holdings to more than
35% of DSP Group's outstanding shares of common stock. Furthermore, Magnum
has agreed not to sell any of the DSP Group shares of common stock it
purchased without the prior written consent of DSP Group for a period of one
year following the date of this transaction, and also to restrict its sales
of the shares for an additional six-month period under Rule 144(e)(i) of the
Securities
<PAGE>
Act of 1933. Additionally, DSP Group has invited Magnum to appoint two new
directors to the Board of Directors, bringing the total number of members of
the Board of Directors to seven.
ACQUISITIONS. In the first quarter of 1999, DSP Group entered the wireless
communication product market, which we believe to be synergistic with our
existing markets. We acquired two integrated groups of engineers specializing
in the design of integrated circuits for wireless communication. In addition,
we acquired technology and products, including associated intellectual
property, related to base band and RF for 900 Megahertz digital spread
spectrum.
RISK FACTORS AFFECTING OPERATING RESULTS
The stockholders' letter and the discussion in this annual report that
concerns DSP Group's future products, expenses, revenue, liquidity and cash
needs as well as DSP Group's plans and strategies contain forward-looking
statements concerning our future operations and financial results. These
forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and we assume no
obligation to update this information. Numerous factors could cause results
to differ from those described in these statements, and prospective investors
and stockholders should carefully consider the factors set forth below in
evaluating these forward-looking statements.
OUR QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS MAY FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY. Our quarterly
results of operations may vary significantly in the future for a variety of
reasons, including the following:
- fluctuations in volume and timing of product orders;
- timing of recognition of license fees;
- level of per unit royalties;
- changes in demand for our products due to seasonal customer buying
patterns and other factors;
- timing of new product introductions by us or our customers, licensees
or competitors;
- changes in the mix of products sold by us;
- fluctuations in the level of sales by OEMs and other vendors of
products incorporating our products; and
<PAGE>
- general economic conditions, including the changing economic
conditions in Asia.
Each of the above factors is difficult to forecast and thus could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Through 1999, we expect that revenues from our DSP core designs and
TrueSpeech algorithms will be derived primarily from license fees rather than
per unit royalties. The uncertain timing of these license fees has caused, and
may continue to cause, quarterly fluctuations in our operating results. Our per
unit royalties from licenses are totally dependent upon the success of our OEM
licensees in introducing products utilizing our technology and the success of
those OEM products in the marketplace. Per unit royalties from TrueSpeech
licensees have not been significant to date.
OUR AVERAGE SELLING PRICES CONTINUE TO DECLINE. We have experienced a decrease
in the average selling prices of our TAD speech processors, but have to date
been able to offset this decrease on an annual basis through manufacturing cost
reductions and the introduction of new products with higher performance.
However, we cannot guarantee that our on-going efforts will be successful or
that they will keep pace with the anticipated, continuing decline in average
selling prices.
WE DEPEND ON THE DIGITAL TAD MARKET WHICH IS HIGHLY COMPETITIVE. Sales of TAD
products comprise a substantial portion of our product sales. Any adverse
change in the digital TAD market or in our ability to compete and maintain our
position in that market would have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. The digital TAD market and the
markets for our products in general are extremely competitive and we expect that
competition will only increase. Our existing and potential competitors in each
of our markets include large and emerging domestic and foreign companies, many
of which have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing,
marketing, sale and distribution resources and management expertise than we do.
It is possible that we may one day be unable to respond to increased price
competition for TAD speech processors or other products through the introduction
of new products or reductions of manufacturing costs. This inability would have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
<PAGE>
results of operations. Likewise, any significant delays by us in developing,
manufacturing or shipping new or enhanced products would also have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
WE DEPEND ON REVENUES FROM A CURRENTLY UNSTABLE ASIAN MARKET. In 1997, we
generated approximately $19.9 million, or 39% of our total product sales,
from sales to customers located in South Korea, Taiwan, Singapore and Hong
Kong. However, in 1998, due to economic problems in some of these countries,
most notably South Korea and Singapore, our product sales in this region
decreased to $10.9 million, or 22% of our total product sales. The decline in
sales from Southeast Asia countries resulted in a decrease in our backlog,
but was partially offset by increased orders from Japan. If this negative
economic trend in the Asian markets continues, it may result in a further
decrease of our backlog in 1999. We cannot provide assurance that continued
negative economic development in Asia will not have a material adverse effect
on our future operating performance.
WE DEPEND ON INDEPENDENT FOUNDRIES TO MANUFACTURE OUR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
PRODUCTS. All of our integrated circuit products are manufactured by
independent foundries. While these foundries have been able to adequately
meet the demands of our increasing business, we are and will continue to be
dependent upon these foundries to achieve acceptable manufacturing yields,
quality levels and costs, and to allocate to us a sufficient portion of
foundry capacity to meet our needs in a timely manner. To meet our increased
wafer requirements, we have added additional independent foundries to
manufacture our TAD speech processors. Our revenues could be materially and
adversely affected should any of these foundries fail to meet our request for
products due to a shortage of production capacity, process difficulties, low
yield rates or financial instability.
WE DEPEND ON INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS, PARTICULARLY IN ISRAEL. We are subject
to the risks of doing business internationally, including:
- unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
- fluctuations in the exchange rate for the U.S. dollar;
- imposition of tariffs and other barriers and restrictions;
- burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws;
<PAGE>
- political and economic instability; and
- changes in diplomatic and trade relationships.
In particular, our principal research and development facilities are
located in the State of Israel and, as a result, at December 31, 1998, 97 of
our 120 employees were located in Israel, including all 66 of our research
and development personnel. In addition, although DSP Group is incorporated in
Delaware, a majority of our directors and executive officers are residents of
Israel. Therefore, we are directly affected by the political, economic and
military conditions to which Israel is subject.
Moreover, many of our expenses in Israel are paid in Israeli currency
which subjects us to the risks of foreign currency fluctuations and to
economic pressures resulting from Israel's generally high rate of inflation.
The rate of inflation in Israel was 8.6% in 1998 and 7.0% in 1997. While
substantially all of our sales and expenses are denominated in United States
dollars, a portion of our expenses are denominated in Israeli shekels. Our
primary expenses paid in Israeli currency are employee salaries and lease
payments on our Israeli facilities. As a result, an increase in the value of
Israeli currency in comparison to the United States dollar could increase the
cost of technology development, research and development expenses and general
and administrative expenses. We cannot provide assurance that currency
fluctuations, changes in the rate of inflation in Israel or any of the other
factors mentioned above will not have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
WE DEPEND ON OEMS AND THEIR SUPPLIERS TO OBTAIN REQUIRED COMPLEMENTARY
COMPONENTS. Some of the raw materials, components and subassemblies included
in the products manufactured by our OEM customers, which also incorporate our
products, are obtained from a limited group of suppliers. Supply disruptions,
shortages or termination of any of these sources could have an adverse effect
on our business and results of operations due to the delay or discontinuance
of orders for our products by customers until those necessary components are
available.
WE DEPEND UPON THE ADOPTION OF INDUSTRY STANDARDS BASED ON TRUESPEECH. Our
prospects are partially dependent upon the establishment of industry
standards for digital speech compression based on TrueSpeech algorithms in
the computer
<PAGE>
telephony and Voice over IP markets. The development of industry standards
utilizing TrueSpeech algorithms would create an opportunity for us to develop
and market speech co-processors that provide TrueSpeech solutions and enhance
the performance and functionality of products incorporating these
co-processors.
In February 1995, the ITU established G.723.1, which is predominately
composed of a TrueSpeech algorithm, as the standard speech compression
technology for use in video conferencing over public telephone lines. In
March 1997, the International Multimedia Teleconferencing Consortium, a
nonprofit industry group, recommended the use of G.723.1 as the default audio
coder for all voice transmissions over the Internet or for IP applications
for H.323 conferencing products.
THERE ARE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY. DSP Group has
pursued, and will continue to pursue, growth opportunities through internal
development and acquisition of complementary businesses, products and
technologies. We are unable to predict whether or when any prospective
acquisition will be completed. The process of integrating an acquired
business may be prolonged due to unforeseen difficulties and may require a
disproportionate amount of our resources and management's attention. We
cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully identify
suitable acquisition candidates, complete acquisitions, integrate acquired
businesses into our operations, or expand into new markets. Once integrated,
acquisitions may not achieve comparable levels of revenues, profitability or
productivity as the existing business of DSP Group or otherwise perform as
expected. The occurrence of any of these events could harm our business,
financial condition or results of operations. Future acquisitions may require
substantial capital resources, which may require us to seek additional debt
or equity financing.
PROTECTION OF OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IS LIMITED; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT OF
RIGHTS OF OTHERS. As is typical in the semiconductor industry, we have been
and may from time to time be notified of claims that we may be infringing
patents or intellectual property rights owned by third parties. For example,
AT&T has asserted that G.723.1, which is primarily composed of a TrueSpeech
algorithm, includes certain elements covered by patents held by AT&T and has
requested that video conferencing manufacturers license the technology from
AT&T. Other organizations including
<PAGE>
Lucent Microelectronics, NTT and VoiceCraft have raised public claims that
they also have patents related to the G.723.1 technology.
If it appears necessary or desirable, we may try to obtain licenses for
those patents or intellectual property rights that we are allegedly
infringing. Although holders of these type of intellectual property rights
commonly offer these licenses, we cannot assure that licenses will be offered
or that terms of any offered licenses will be acceptable to us. Our failure
to obtain a license for key intellectual property rights from a third party
for technology used by us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and
to suspend the manufacturing of products utilizing the technology. We believe
that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash
flows.
OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY YEAR 2000 READINESS ISSUES.
During the next year, many software programs may not recognize calendar dates
beginning in the Year 2000. This problem could force computers or machines
that utilize date dependent software to either shut down or provide incorrect
information. To address this problem, we have examined our computer and
information systems and have contacted our primary processing vendors,
suppliers and other third parties.
Although we believe that our products are Year 2000 compliant,
undetected errors or defects may remain. Disruptions to our business or
unexpected costs may arise because of undetected errors or defects in the
technology used in our products. If we, or any of our key suppliers or
customers, fail to mitigate internal and external Year 2000 risks, we may
temporarily be unable to process transactions, manufacture products, send
invoices or engage in similar normal business activities or we may experience
a decline in sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
OUR STOCK PRICE MAY BE VOLATILE. Announcements of developments related to our
business, announcements by competitors, quarterly fluctuations in our
financial results, changes in the general conditions of the highly dynamic
industry in which we compete or the national economies in which we do
business and other factors could cause the price of our common stock to
fluctuate, perhaps substantially. In addition, in recent years the stock
market has experienced extreme price fluctuations, which
<PAGE>
have often been unrelated to the operating performance of affected companies.
These factors and fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on the
market price of our common stock.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1996
------------------------------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Product sales $49,252 $51,238 $41,290
Licensing, royalties and other 14,598 10,721 11,620
------------------------------------------------------
Total revenues 63,850 61,959 52,910
Costs of revenues:
Product sales 29,002 31,143 29,432
Licensing, royalties and other 426 1,169 1,096
------------------------------------------------------
Total cost of revenues 29,428 32,312 30,528
------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit 34,422 29,647 22,382
Operating expenses:
Research and development 10,181 8,420 8,481
Sales and marketing 5,222 4,934 4,429
General and administrative 4,632 4,505 5,669
Unusual items - - 1,529
------------------------------------------------------
Total operating expenses 20,035 17,859 20,108
------------------------------------------------------
Operating income 14,387 11,788 2,274
Other income (expense):
Interest and other income 3,810 2,936 1,627
Interest expense and other (189) (226) (158)
Gain on sale of available-for-sale marketable securities 1,086 - -
Gain on settlement of litigation, net of expenses - - 3,750
Equity in income (loss) of equity method investees,
net of amortization of goodwill
of $105 in 1998, $195 in 1997, and $286 in 1996 125 (706) (457)
------------------------------------------------------
Income before provision for income taxes 19,219 13,792 7,036
Provision for income taxes (4,804) (2,758) (1,057)
------------------------------------------------------
Net income $ 14,415 $ 11,034 $ 5,979
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
Net income per share:
Basic $ 1.48 $ 1.13 $ 0.63
Diluted $ 1.44 $ 1.08 $ 0.62
Shares used in per share computation:
Basic 9,768 9,736 9,510
Diluted 10,016 10,203 9,581
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
-------------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 9,038 $ 7,325
Marketable securities 57,951 58,619
Accounts receivable, less allowance for returns and
doubtful accounts of $304 in 1998 and $293 in 1997 5,721 3,594
Inventories 2,182 4,116
Deferred income taxes 1,374 2,850
Other accounts receivable 1,608 1,441
-------------------------------------
Total current assets 77,874 77,945
Property and equipment, net 4,236 3,488
-------------------------------------
Other investments, net of accumulated amortization 1,834 2,935
Other assets 135 150
Severance pay fund 864 658
Deferred income taxes 848 650
-------------------------------------
-------------------------------------
Total assets $ 85,791 $ 85,826
-------------------------------------
-------------------------------------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
-------------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C>
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable $ 2,360 $ 3,319
Accrued compensation and benefits 2,555 2,171
Income taxes payable 1,909 1,691
Accrued royalties 647 171
Deferred revenue 36 2,360
Accrued expenses and other 1,694 1,286
-------------------------------------
Total current liabilities 9,201 10,998
Long term liabilities:
Accrued severance pay 895 658
-------------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares -- 5,000
Issued and outstanding shares -- none - -
Common stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized shares -- 20,000
Issued and outstanding shares -- 9,406 in 1998
and 10,094 in 1997 9 10
Additional paid-in capital 75,610 74,418
Other comprehensive income - 1,050
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) 12,129 (1,308)
Less cost of treasury stock (12,053) -
-------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity 75,695 74,170
-------------------------------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 85,791 $ 85,826
-------------------------------------
-------------------------------------
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE YEARS ENDED COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL STOCKHOLDERS' TREASURY STOCK RETAINED OTHER TOTAL
DECEMBER 31, 1998 SHARES AMOUNT PAID-IN NOTES RECEIVABLE AT COST EARNINGS COMPREHENSIVE STOCKHOLDERS'
CAPITAL (ACCUMULATED INCOME EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS) DEFICIT)
------- ------ ---------- ---------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995 9,439 $ 9 $66,287 $ (434) $ -- $(18,321) $ -- $ 47,541
Net income -- -- -- -- -- 5,979 -- 5,979
Exercise of Common Stock
options by employees 77 1 283 -- -- -- -- 284
Sale of Common Stock under
employee stock purchase plan 24 -- 211 -- -- -- -- 211
Payments on notes receivable
from stockholders -- -- -- 434 -- -- -- 434
------- ------ ---------- ---------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- ------------
Balance at December 31, 1996 9,540 10 66,781 -- -- (12,342) -- 54,449
Net income -- -- -- -- 11,034 -- 11,034
Comprehensive income
Unrealized gain on
Marketable security -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,050 1,050
------------
Total comprehensive income -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 12,084
Exercise of Common Stock
options by employees 526 6,382 -- -- -- -- 6,382
Sale of Common Stock under
employee stock purchase plan 28 -- 218 -- -- -- -- 218
Income tax benefit from
stock options exercised -- -- 1,037 -- -- -- -- 1,037
------- ------ ---------- ---------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- ------------
Balance at December 31, 1997 10,094 10 74,418 -- -- (1,308) 74,170
Net income -- -- -- -- 14,415 -- 14,415
Comprehensive income
Unrealized gain on
Marketable security -- -- -- -- -- -- (1,050) (1,050)
------------
Total comprehensive income -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 13,365
Purchase of Treasury Stock (814) (1) -- -- (14,273) -- -- (14,274)
Exercise of Common Stock
options by employees 94 -- -- -- 1,821 (908) -- 913
Sale of Common Stock under
employee stock purchase plan 32 -- -- -- 399 (70) -- 329
Income tax benefit from
stock options exercised -- -- 1,192 -- -- -- -- 1,192
------- ------ ---------- ---------------- --------------- ------------ ------------- ------------
Balance at December 31, 1998 9,406 $ 9 $75,610 $ -- $(12,053) $ 12,129 $ -- $75,695
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1996
-------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income $ 14,415 $ 11,034 $ 5,979
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation 1,572 1,797 1,443
Amortization of software development costs - 322 185
Deferred revenue (2,324) 2,360 (50)
Deferred income tax 2,470 (1,459) 1,169
Gain on sale of marketable equity security (1,086) - -
Gain on write off of deferred rent - - (380)
Acquired research and development from
related party - - 1,529
Equity in (income) loss of equity method investees net
of amortization (125) 706 457
Write down/write off of assets - - 290
Write off of capitalized software development
cost - - 31
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable (2,127) 1,267 2,628
Accounts and notes receivable from
related parties - - 640
Inventories 1,934 (1,159) 43
Other current assets (167) (84) (481)
Other assets 15 (84) (14)
Accounts payable (959) 1,891 (1,009)
Accrued compensation and benefits 384 432 (152)
Severance pay - net 31 - -
Income taxes payable 218 783 (609)
Accrued royalties 476 (5) (371)
Accrued expenses and other 408 779 16
-------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities $15,135 $18,580 $11,344
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1996
-------------------------------------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of marketable securities $(59,980) $(77,135) $(32,217)
Sale of marketable securities 60,648 49,278 20,604
Purchases of equipment (2,320) (2,160) (836)
Sale of equipment - 166 -
Investment in an investee - (176) (2,158)
Realization of investment in an investee 1,262 - -
Capitalized software development costs - - (173)
-------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities (390) (30,027) (14,780)
-------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Sale of Common Stock for cash upon exercise
of options, warrants, and employee stock
purchase plan 1,240 6,600 495
Repayment of stockholders' notes receivable - - 434
Purchase of treasury stock (14,273) - -
-------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (13,033) 6,600 929
-------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 1,713 (4,847) (2,507)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 7,325 12,172 14,679
-------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 9,038 $ 7,325 $ 12,172
-------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest expense $ - $ 6 $ 17
Income taxes $ 1,530 $ 3,148 $ 372
</TABLE>
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 1998
NOTE 1: GENERAL
DSP Group, Inc. (the "Company") is engaged in the development of
high-performance, cost-effective DSP-based software and integrated circuits
for digital speech products targeted at the convergence of the personal
computer, communications, and consumer electronics markets. The Company has
three wholly owned subsidiaries: DSP Group Ltd. ("DSP Group Israel"), an
Israeli corporation primarily engaged in research, development, marketing,
sales, technical support and certain general and administrative functions;
Nihon DSP K.K. ("DSP Japan"), a Japanese corporation primarily engaged in
marketing and technical support activities; and DSP Group Europe SARL, a
French corporation primarily engaged in marketing and technical support
activities.
Revenues derived from the Company's largest reseller Tomen Electronics
represented 45%, 33% and 17% of the Company's revenues for 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively. Revenues derived from sales to another customer
represented 11% of the Company's revenues in 1996.
NOTE 2: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
CONSOLIDATION
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
its wholly owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
REVENUE RECOGNITION
PRODUCT SALES
Product sales of speech processors for digital telephone answering devices,
computer telephony and other products are recognized upon shipment. The
Company has no ongoing commitments after shipment other than for warranty and
sales returns/exchanges by distributors. The Company accrues estimated sales
returns/exchanges upon recognition of sales. The Company has not experienced
significant warranty claims to date, and accordingly, the Company provides
for the costs of warranty when specific problems are identified.
LICENSING AND ROYALTY REVENUES
Revenues from software license agreements are recognized upon delivery of
the software: (1) when collection is probable; (2) all license payments are
due within one year; (3) the license fee is otherwise fixed and determinable;
(4) vendor specific evidence exists to allocate the total fee to the
undelivered elements of the arrangements; and (5) persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists. Revenues from maintenance contracts are recognized
ratably over the term of the agreement. Costs related to insignificant
obligations, primarily telephone support, are accrued upon shipment and are
included in cost of revenues. Certain royalty agreements provide for per
unit royalties to be paid to the Company based on shipments by customers of
units containing the Company's products. Revenue under such agreements is
recognized at the time of shipment by the customer.
DEFERRED REVENUE
In the first quarter of 1998, the Company recorded approximately $2.2 million
of revenue and approximately $1.2 million of related inventory cost, which
had been previously deferred at December 31, 1997, as the Company had not yet
finalized testing on a certain TAD chip shipped to a customer during 1997.
EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years, or the life
of the lease, whichever is shorter.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventories are
composed of the following (IN THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Work-in-process $ -- $ 16
Finished goods 2,182 4,100
--------------------
$2,182 $4,116
--------------------
--------------------
</TABLE>
OTHER INVESTMENTS
Other investments are comprised of (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Equity method investments:
Investment in AudioCodes Ltd., net of accumulated
amortization of $891 in 1998 and $876 in 1997 $ 1,834 $ 1,709
Cost method investments:
Investment in Nexus Telecommunications Systems
Ltd., at fair value (1997 - cost basis of $176) - 1,226
--------------------
$ 1,834 $ 2,935
--------------------
--------------------
</TABLE>
AUDIOCODES, LTD.
AudioCodes, Ltd. ("AudioCodes") is an Israeli corporation primarily engaged
in design, research, development, manufacturing and marketing hardware and
software products that enable simultaneous transmission of voice and data
over networks such as Internet, ATM and Frame Relay. The Company acquired an
approximate 35% ownership in AudioCodes in two separate transactions in 1993
and 1994. In July 1997, AudioCodes completed a private placement of
additional equity securities without the participation of the Company and, as
a result, the Company's equity ownership interest in AudioCodes was diluted
from 35% to approximately 29%. The Company also has an option under certain
conditions to purchase up to an additional 5% of the outstanding stock of
AudioCodes.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The Company accounts for its ownership in AudioCodes using the equity method.
The Company's original investment in AudioCodes included the excess of
purchase price over net assets acquired (approximately $1,907,000 at the date
of purchase), which was attributed to developed technology to be amortized
over seven years. The private placement by AudioCodes in July 1997 was at a
price per share greater than the Company's then current investment in
AudioCodes. As a result, even though the Company's ownership interest
decreased from 35% to 29%, the Company's proportionate share of the net
assets of AudioCodes increased from $816,000 to $1,481,000 at the date of the
private placement. This increase in the Company's proportionate share of the
net assets of AudioCodes reduced the remaining unamortized excess of purchase
price over net assets acquired from $1,080,000 to $415,000 as of the date of
the private placement.
The Company's equity in the net income (loss) of AudioCodes was $230,000 in
1998, ($103,000) in 1997, and $36,000 in 1996. As of December 31, 1998, the
difference between the investment in AudioCodes and the Company's
proportionate share of net assets is $251,000, primarily related to the
remaining unamortized portion of the excess of purchase price over net assets.
APTEL LTD. AND NEXUS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS LTD.
In July 1996, the Company invested $2,000,000 of cash for approximately 40%
of the equity interests in Aptel Ltd. ("Aptel"), which is located in Israel.
Expenses related to the acquisition were $158,000. In accordance with
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16, the total cost of the acquisition
was allocated to the estimated fair value of the assets acquired, and as a
result, the Company incurred a one-time write-off of acquired in-process
technology of $1,529,000 based on an independent estimate of value. The
Company accounted for its investment in Aptel using the equity method. The
Company's equity in the net losses of Aptel, including amortization of
related intangibles, was $408,000 in 1997 and $221,000 in 1996. As of June
30, 1997, the Company had fully written-off its investment in Aptel.
In December 1997, Aptel's shareholders, including the Company exchanged
their shares in Aptel for ordinary shares of Nexus Telecommunications Systems
Ltd. ("Nexus"). Nexus is an Israeli company whose shares are registered and
traded on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the symbol NXUSF. In October
1997, the Company invested $176,000 in a convertible debenture in Aptel which
was converted into ordinary shares of Aptel prior to the closing of the Nexus
transaction. The Company received approximately 297,000 ordinary shares of
Nexus in the exchange transaction amounting
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
to approximately 3% ownership interest in Nexus. The Company's basis in the
Nexus stock received is $176,000 and the Company accounted for the investment
using the cost method. At December 31, 1997, the Company's investment in
Nexus was presented in the Company's consolidated balance sheet at the market
value of $1,226,000, with the unrealized gain of $1,050,000 recorded as other
comprehensive income, as a separate component of stockholder's equity. In
April 1998, the Company sold all of its Nexus shares in a private transaction
and realized a pre-tax gain on marketable equity securities of approximately
$1.1 million, which is included under "Other income (expense)" in the
Company's consolidated statements of income for 1998.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
Foreign operations are measured using the U.S. dollar as the functional
currency. Accordingly, monetary accounts (principally cash, receivables, and
liabilities) are remeasured using the foreign exchange rate at the balance
sheet date. Operations accounts and nonmonetary balance sheet accounts are
remeasured at the rate in effect at the date of transaction. The effects of
foreign currency remeasurement are reported in current operations and have
not been significant to date.
NET INCOME PER SHARE
Basic net income per share is computed based on the weighted average number
of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. For the same
periods, diluted net income per share further includes the effect of dilutive
stock options outstanding during the year, all in accordance with the
Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 128, "Earnings per
Share" ("SFAS 128"). The following table sets forth the computation of basic
and diluted net income per share (in thousands except per share amounts):
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
--------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Numerator:
Net Income $ 14,415 $ 11,034 $ 5,979
--------------- --------------- ---------------
--------------- --------------- ---------------
Denominator:
Weighted average number of shares of
common stock outstanding during the period
used to compute basic income per share........ 9,768 9,736 9,510
Incremental shares attributable to exercise
of outstanding options (assuming proceeds
would be used to purchase treasury stock)..... 248 467 71
------ ----- ------
Weighted average number of shares of
common stock used to compute diluted income
per share..................................... 10,016 10,203 9,581
--------------- --------------- ---------------
--------------- --------------- ---------------
Basic net income per share.................... $1.48 $1.13 $0.63
--------------- --------------- ---------------
--------------- --------------- ---------------
Diluted net income per share.................. $1.44 $1.08 $0.62
--------------- --------------- ---------------
--------------- --------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
Options outstanding to purchase approximately 657,000, 210,000 and 1,067,000
of common stock for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted net income per
share, because option exercise prices were greater than the average market
price of the common shares and therefore, the effect would be antidilutive.
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to credit risk
consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, and
trade receivables. By policy, the Company places its cash, cash equivalents,
and marketable securities only with high credit quality financial
institutions and corporations and, other than U.S. Government Treasury
instruments, limits the amounts invested in any one institution or
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
type of investment. The majority of the Company's sales of products are to
distributors who in turn sell to manufacturers of consumer electronics
products. The Company's licensing revenues are primarily from customers that
have licensed rights to use the Company's DSP Core microprocessor
architectures and speech compression technology. No collateral is required
from the Company's customers; however, some of the customers pay using
letters of credit. Write-offs for bad debts have not been significant to
date.
CONCENTRATION OF OTHER RISKS
Sales of telephone answering device ("TAD") products comprise a substantial
portion of the Company's product sales. Any adverse change in the digital
TAD market or the Company's ability to compete and maintain its position in
that market would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, and results of operations. The Company's operating
results also depend on the timing of the recognition of license fees and the
level of per unit royalties. During 1999, the Company expects that revenues
from its DSP Core designs and TrueSpeech will continue to be derived
primarily from license fees rather than per unit royalties. However, the
uncertain timing of such license fees may continue to cause fluctuations in
the Company's operating results. The Company's royalties from such products
are totally dependent upon the success of its original equipment manufacturer
("OEM") licensees in introducing these products and the success of such
products in the marketplace.
All of the Company's integrated circuit products are manufactured by
independent foundries. While these foundries have been able to adequately
meet the demands of the Company's business, the Company is and will continue
to be dependent upon these foundries to achieve acceptable manufacturing
yields, quality levels, costs, and to allocate to the Company sufficient
foundry capacities to meet the Company's needs in a timely manner. Revenues
could be materially and adversely affected should any of these foundries fail
to meet the Company's request for products due to a shortage of production
capacity, process difficulties, low yield rates or financial instability.
Certain of the raw materials, components, and subassemblies included in the
products manufactured by the Company's OEM customers, which also incorporate
the Company's products, are obtained from a limited group of suppliers.
Disruptions, shortages, or termination of certain of these sources of supply
could occur.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
CASH EQUIVALENTS
The Company considers all highly liquid investments which are readily
convertible to cash with an original maturity of three months or less when
purchased to be cash equivalents. The carrying amount of cash and cash
equivalents as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 approximates fair value.
SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
All debt and equity securities have been designated as available-for-sale
under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS 115"). The
amortized cost of available-for-sale debt securities is adjusted for the
amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such
amortization is included in interest and other income. Realized gains and
losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on
available-for-sale securities are included in interest and other income. The
cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
Interest and dividends on securities classified as available-for-sale are
included in interest and other income.
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 1998
and 1997 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMORTIZED COST
1998 1997
---------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Obligations of states and
political subdivisions $25,290 $6,002
Corporate obligations 33,218 53,270
---------------------------------------
$58,508 $59,272
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
Amounts included in marketable
securities $57,951 $58,619
Amounts included in cash and
cash equivalents 557 653
---------------------------------------
$58,508 $59,272
---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the carrying amount of securities approximated
the fair value (quoted market price), and the amount of unrealized gain or
loss was not significant. Gross realized gains or losses for 1998, 1997, and
1996 were not significant. The amortized cost of available-for-sale debt and
securities at December 31, 1998, by contractual maturities, are shown below
(IN THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMORTIZED
COST
---------
<S> <C>
Due in 1999 $ 2,028
Due in 2000 55,923
---------
$ 57,951
---------
---------
</TABLE>
SEVERANCE PAY
The Company's subsidiary, DSP Group Israel, has liability for severance pay
pursuant to Israeli law, which is fully provided by an accrual. The majority
of the liability is funded through insurance policies. The cash value of
these policies is recorded as an asset in the Company's consolidated balance
sheets.
Severance expenses for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, were
approximately $367,000, $135,000 and $95,000, respectively.
GAIN ON SETTLEMENT OF LITIGATION
In October 1996, the Company entered into agreements with Rockwell
International, Inc. to license certain of the Company's TrueSpeech
technologies and to settle all pending litigation between the companies. In
connection with the litigation settlement in
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
1996, the Company recorded in other income a one time pre-tax gain on
settlement of litigation, net of expenses of $3.8 million.
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB Opinion No. 25") and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options because, as
discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), requires the use of option valuation
models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options.
Under APB Opinion No. 25, because the exercise price of the Company's stock
options generally equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date
of grant, no compensation expense is recognized. See pro forma disclosures
of applying SFAS 123 in Note 4 below.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130"),
which establishes new rules for the reporting and display of comprehensive
income and its components. SFAS 130 requires unrealized gains or losses on
the Company's available for sale securities, which prior to adoption were
reported separately in stockholders' equity to be included in other
comprehensive income. Prior year financial statements have been reclassified
to conform to the requirements of SFAS 130. The adoption of this SFAS had
no impact on the company's results of operations or financial position.
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"). This Statement
establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every
derivative instrument, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts, be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value. The Statement also requires that
changes in a derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings
unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for
qualifying hedges allows a derivative's gains and losses to offset related
results on the hedged item in the respective
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
item in the income statement, and requires that a company must formally
document, designate, and assess the effectiveness of any transactions that
receive hedge accounting. SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 1999 and cannot be applied retroactively. The
Company does not expect the impact of this new Statement on the Company's
consolidated balance sheets or results of operations to be material.
NOTE 3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Composition of assets, grouped by major classifications, is as follows (IN
THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------------
1998 1997
------------------ -----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Computers and peripheral equipment $ 8,209 $ 6,341
Office furniture and equipment 808 774
Motor vehicles 933 654
Leasehold improvements 1,380 1,241
------------------ -----------------
11,330 9,010
Less accumulated depreciation 7,094 5,522
------------------ -----------------
$ 4,236 $ 3,488
------------------ -----------------
------------------ -----------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
PREFERRED STOCK
The Board of Directors has the authority, without any further vote or action
by the stockholders, to provide for the issuance of up to 5,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock in one or more series with such designations, rights,
preferences, and limitations as the Board of Directors may determine,
including the consideration received, the number of shares comprising each
series, dividend rates, redemption provisions, liquidation preferences,
sinking fund provisions, conversion rights, and voting rights.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
DIVIDEND POLICY
At December 31, 1998, the Company had retained earnings of approximately
$13.1 million. The Company has never paid dividends on its Common Stock and
presently intends to follow a policy of retaining any earnings for
reinvestment in its business.
SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM
In 1998, the Company commenced a program to buy an aggregate of up to
1,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company. As of December 31, 1998, the
Company had acquired 814,000 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $14.3
million. Such repurchases of ordinary shares are accounted for as treasury
stock, and result in a reduction of stockholders' equity. When treasury
shares are reissued, the Company charges the excess of the repurchase cost
over issuance price using the weighted average method to retain earnings.
STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AND STOCK OPTION PLANS
The Company has various stock plans under which employees, consultants,
officers, and directors may be granted options to purchase the Company's
Common Stock. A summary of the various plans is as follows:
1991 EMPLOYEE AND CONSULTANT STOCK PLAN
In 1991, the Company adopted the 1991 Employee and Consultant Stock Plan (the
"1991 Plan"). Under the 1991 Plan, employees and consultants may be granted
incentive or non-qualified stock options or stock purchase rights for the
purchase of the Company's Common Stock. The 1991 Plan expires in 2001 and
currently provides for the purchase of up to 3,800,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock.
The exercise price of options under the 1991 Plan shall not be less than the
fair market value of the Common Stock for incentive stock options and not
less than 85% of the fair market value of the common stock for nonqualified
stock options, as determined by the Board of Directors.
Options under the 1991 Plan are generally exercisable over a 48-month period
beginning twelve months after issuance or as determined by the Board of
Directors. Options under the 1991 Plan expire up to seven years after the
date of grant.
1993 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
Upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, the Company
adopted the 1993 Director Stock Option Plan (the "Directors' Plan"). Under
the Directors' Plan the Company is authorized to issue nonqualified stock
options to purchase up to 175,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an
exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date
of grant. The Directors' Plan, following certain amendments in 1996 approved
by the Company's stockholders, provides that each person who is an outside
director on the effective date of the Directors' Plan and each outside
director who subsequently becomes a member of the Board of Directors shall
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
automatically be granted an option to purchase 15,000 shares (the First
Option). Additionally, each outside director shall automatically be granted
an option to purchase 5,000 shares (a Subsequent Option) on January 1 of each
year if, on such date, he/she shall have served on the Board of Directors for
at least six months.
Options granted under the Directors' Plan generally have a term of ten years.
The First Option is 25% exercisable after the first year (one-third after the
first year for options granted after May 1996) and in quarterly installments
over the ensuing three years (one-third at the end of each twelve-month
period for options granted after May 1996). Each Subsequent Option becomes
exercisable in full on the fourth anniversary from the date of grant
(one-third at the end of each twelve-month period from the date of grant for
options granted after May 1996).
1993 ISRAELI PLAN
In 1993, the Company adopted the 1993 DSP Group, Inc. Israeli Stock Option
Plan (the "1993 Israeli Plan") under which the Company is authorized to issue
nonqualified stock options to purchase up to 167,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock at an exercise price equivalent to fair market value. Options
are immediately exercisable and expire five years from the date of grant.
All options and shares are held in a trust until the later of 24 months from
the date of grant or the shares are vested based on a vesting schedule
determined by a committee appointed by the Board of Directors.
1998 NON-OFFICER EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN
In 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Non-Officer Employee Stock Option Plan
(the "1998 Plan"). Under the 1998 Plan, employees may be granted
non-qualified stock options for the purchase of the Company's Common Stock.
Officers and directors of the Company are excluded from participating under
the 1998 Plan. The 1998 Plan expires in 2008 and currently provides for the
purchase of up to 950,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.
The exercise price of options under the 1998 Plan shall not be less than the
fair market value of the Common Stock for nonqualified stock options, as
determined by the Board of Directors.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Options under the 1998 Plan are generally exercisable over a 48-month period
beginning twelve months after issuance or as determined by the Board of
Directors. Options under the 1998 Plan expire up to seven years after the
date of grant.
A summary of activity under the 1991 Plan, the 1993 Israeli Plan, the
Directors' Plan, and the 1998 Plan is as follows (SHARES IN THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------------
SHARES SHARES WEIGHTED
AVAILABLE UNDER AVERAGE
FOR GRANT OPTION EXERCISE PRICE
------------------- ------------------ --------------------
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 236 1,062 $ -
------------------- ------------------
Authorized 875 - $ -
Granted (990) 990 $ 9.61
Exercised - (77) $ 3.71
Canceled 500 (500) $13.00
------------------- ------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 621 1,475 $10.94
------------------- ------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------------
SHARES SHARES WEIGHTED
AVAILABLE UNDER AVERAGE
FOR GRANT OPTION EXERCISE PRICE
------------------- ------------------ --------------------
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
---------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Authorized - - $ -
Granted (797) 797 $21.67
Exercised - (526) $12.12
Canceled 429 (429) $11.18
------------------- ------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997 253 1,317 $16.87
------------------- ------------------
Authorized 1,950 - $ -
Granted (812) 812 $18.54
Exercised (94) $ 9.95
Canceled (136) (136) $13.59
------------------- ------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 1,527 1,899 $18.17
------------------- ------------------
------------------- ------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
A summary of the average price per share and the number of options exercisable
for the years 1998, 1997 and 1996, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Number of options
excisable as of
December 31, (OPTIONS
IN THOUSANDS) 469 375 144
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Weighted average fair
value of options
granted during the year $ 18.54 $ 21.67 $ 9.61
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
A summary of the Company's stock option activity and related information as
of December 31, 1998, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
-------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
WEIGHTED-
AVERAGE WEIGHTED- WEIGHTED
RANGE OF REMAINING AVERAGE AVERAGE
EXERCISE NUMBER OF OPTIONS CONTRACTUAL EXERCISE NUMBER OF OPTIONS EXERCISE
PRICES OUTSTANDING LIFE PRICE EXERCISABLE PRICE
- ----------------------- -------------------- ------------------ ---------------- ------------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 7.63 - $11.75 393,440 3.55 Years 9.25 140,916 9.54
$12.00 -$18.56 533,299 3.89 Years 16.78 127,651 15.13
$18.81 -$18.88 294,000 4.58 Years 18.87 0 0
$19.25 -$24.25 347,300 4.23 Years 21.47 73,133 22.44
$25.38- $34.38 331,000 3.69 Years 26.99 127,311 26.79
-------------------- ------------------ ---------------- ------------------- ---------------
1,899,039 3.95 Years $18.17 469,011 $17.76
-------------------- ------------------ ---------------- ------------------- ---------------
-------------------- ------------------ ---------------- ------------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
1993 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
Upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering, the Company
adopted the 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "1993 Purchase Plan"). The
Company has reserved an aggregate amount of 350,000 shares of Common Stock
for issuance under the 1993 Purchase Plan. The 1993 Purchase Plan provides
that substantially all employees may purchase stock at 85% of its fair market
value on specified dates via payroll deductions. There were approximately
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
32,000, 28,000 and 24,000 shares issued under the Purchase Plan in 1998, 1997
and 1996, respectively.
COMMON STOCK RESERVED FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE
Shares of Common Stock of the Company reserved for future issuance at
December 31, 1998, are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Employee Stock Purchase Plan 250
Stock Options 3,426
Undesignated Preferred Stock 5,000
--------
8,676
--------
--------
</TABLE>
STOCK BASED COMPENSATION
Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required
by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS 123"), which requires the use of option
valuation models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock
options. For example, the Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed
for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting
restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option models require
the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price
volatility. Because the Company's employee stock options have
characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and
because changes in the subjective assumptions can materially affect the fair
value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not
necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its
employee stock options.
The fair value of the Company's employee stock options was estimated at the
date of grant using a Black-Scholes multiple option pricing model with the
following weighted average assumptions; risk-free interest rates of 5.02%,
6.15% and 6.10% for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively; a dividend yield of
0.0% for each of those years; a volatility factor of the expected market
price of the Company's Common Stock of 0.77 for 1998, 0.70 for 1997 and 0.55
for 1996; and a weighted-average expected life of the option of 3.0 years for
1998, 3.1 years for 1997, and 3.6 years for 1996. The weighed average net
fair value of options granted in 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $9.65, $9.90 and
$4.53 per share, respectively.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The Company does not recognize compensation cost related to employee stock
purchase rights under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. To comply with the
pro forma reporting requirements of SFAS 123, compensation cost is estimated
for the fair value of the employees' stock purchase rights using the
Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions for those rights granted
in 1998, 1997 and 1996; dividend yield of 0.0%; an expected life ranging up
to 0.5 years; expected volatility factor of 0.71 in 1998, 0.75 in 1997 and
0.5 in 1996; and a risk free interest rate of 4.84% in 1998, 5.49% in 1997
and 5.72% in 1996. The weighted average fair value of those purchase rights
granted in January 1998, July 1998, January 1997, July 1997, January 1996 and
July 1996 were $10.70, $9.57, $2.45, $8.21, $1.31 and $1.17, respectively.
Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been
determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under those
plans consistent with the method of SFAS 123, the Company's net income and
earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
---------------- ----------------- -----------------
(In thousands, except per share data)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Pro forma net income $ 10,428 $ 8,485 $ 2,843
Pro forma basic earnings per share $ 1.07 $ 0.87 $ 0.30
Pro forma diluted earnings per share $ 1.07 $ 0.85 $ 0.30
</TABLE>
COMMON STOCK REPURCHASE
In 1998, the Company repurchased 814,000 shares of its Common Stock at an
average purchase price of $17.53 per share, for an aggregate purchase price
of approximately $14.3 million. The Company accounts for the investment in
its shares according to the treasury stock method.
NOTE 5. INDUSTRY SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company operates in one business segment approach, principally the
development of affordable, high performance, cost effective DSP-based
software, integrated circuits, and circuit boards.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Operations outside the United States include research, development, sales,
marketing and certain general and administrative functions. The Company's
Israeli subsidiary performs research, development, sales, marketing,
technical support, and certain general and administrative functions. The
Company's Japanese and French subsidiaries perform marketing and technical
support activities. The following is a summary of operations within
geographic areas (IN THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
--------------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
United States $31,436 $57,364 $51,883
Israel 32,414 4,595 1,027
-----------------------------------------------------
$63,850 $61,959 $52,910
-----------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------
Revenues:
United States $ 3,821 4,688 4,833
Export:
Japan 35,711 23,402 11,390
Europe 10,591 10,357 10,853
Asia 12,616 21,644 24,087
Israel 1,111 1,868 1,747
-----------------------------------------------------
$63,850 $61,959 $52,910
-----------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------
Long-lived assets:
United States $ 2,085 $ 2,252 $ 2,796
Israel 4,783 4,751 3,409
Other 66 77 70
-----------------------------------------------------
$ 6,934 $ 7,080 $ 6,275
-----------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
COMMITMENTS
The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under noncancelable
operating leases. The Company has significant leased facilities in Herzelia
Pituach, Israel and in Santa Clara, California. In 1996, the Company
negotiated the assignment of certain of its Santa Clara facility use
obligations to another company (the "Assignee"). The Company received
payments from the Assignee in the Santa Clara facility, of $322,000 in both
1998
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
and 1997 and will receive $322,000 in 1999, and $295,000 in 2000. In
addition, commencing January 1, 1997, the Company began subleasing a new
space in the same building from the Assignee under a separate sublease
agreement that expires in December 1999. In August 1997, the Company
entered into a new lease for its Israel facilities in Herzelia Pituach. The
lease agreement is effective until May 2002. In September 1998, the Company
entered into a new lease for more office space at its Israel facilities in
Herzelia Pituach. The lease agreement for the additional space is effective
until November 2003.
At December 31, 1998, the Company is required to make the following minimum
lease payments, as revised to reflect the assignment of the lease and the
sublease of the new space by the Company in the same buildings as described
above (IN THOUSANDS).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Amount
---- ------
<S> <C>
1999 $ 596
2000 263
2001 564
2002 291
2003 95
------
$1,809
------
------
</TABLE>
Total rental expense for all leases was approximately $545,000 (net of
sublease income of $365,000), $778,000 (net of sublease income of $469,000),
$334,000 (net of sublease income of $546,000, and a gain of $380,000 on
write-off of deferred rent), for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and
1996, respectively.
CONTINGENCIES
The Company is involved in certain claims arising in the normal course of
business, including claims that it may be infringing patent rights owned by
third parties. The Company is unable to foresee the extent to which these
matters will be pursued by the claimants or to predict with certainty the
eventual outcome. However, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution
of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its financial
position, results of operations, or cash flows.
On February 12, 1997, BEKA Electronic GmbH ("BEKA") commenced an action in
the United States District Court for the Northern District of California
against DSP Group. The action alleges breach of contract, breach of implied
covenant of good faith and fair dealing and requests an accounting by us in
connection with our termination of the Sales Representative Agreement between
BEKA and us. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages. The
parties completed non-binding mediation in May 1998, but were unable to
settle the case. Discovery in the case has been completed. Trial has been set
for May 11, 1999. DSP Group believes the lawsuit to be without merit and
intends to defend itself vigorously.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
NOTE 7. INCOME TAXES
The provision for income taxes is as follows (IN THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Federal taxes:
Current $ 2,751 $ 3,166 $ (180)
Deferred 1,181 (1,301) 1,099
------------------------------------------------------
3,932 1,865 919
State taxes:
Current 216 337 3
Deferred 97 (158) 70
------------------------------------------------------
313 179 73
Foreign taxes:
Current 559 714 65
------------------------------------------------------
Provision for income taxes $ 4,804 $ 2,758 $ 1,057
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
The tax benefits associated with the exercise of stock options reduced taxes
currently payable by $1,192,000 in 1998 and $1,037,000 in 1997. Such
benefits were credited to paid in capital when realized.
Pretax income (loss) from foreign operations was $7,330,000, $3,495,000 and
$1,061,000 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively (exclusive of an in-process
technology write-off of $1,529,000 in 1996).
Unremitted foreign earnings that are considered to be permanently invested
outside of the U.S., and on which no deferred taxes have been provided,
amount to approximately $9,600,000 at December 31, 1998. If such amounts
were remitted, the Company would be subject to U.S. income taxes (subject to
an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and additional Israeli corporate
income and withholding taxes of approximately $2,300,000.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
A reconciliation between the Company's effective tax rate and the U.S.
statutory rate (IN THOUSANDS):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997 1996
----------------- ----------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax at U.S. statutory rate $ 6,534 $ 4,827 $ 2,396
State taxes, net of federal benefit 207 116 3
Operating losses utilized - (1,160) (1,169)
Tax exempt interest income - (26) (422)
Foreign income taxed at rates other
than U.S. rate (1,806) (813) (306)
Research and development expensed
upon acquisition - - 520
Tax credits utilized (264) (480) -
Nondeductible losses and expenses of investees - 247 92
Other individually immaterial items 133 47 (57)
----------------- ----------------- ---------------
$ 4,804 $ 2,758 $ 1,057
----------------- ----------------- ---------------
----------------- ----------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1998, the Company had federal net operating loss and tax
credit carryforwards of approximately $1,132,000 and $108,000, respectively.
These carryforwards will expire in years 2007 through 2008, if not utilized.
Due to the change in ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, the
Company's federal net operating loss carryforwards are subject to an annual
limitation of approximately $3,300,000 per year.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant
components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (IN THOUSANDS):
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
------------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Tax credit carryforwards $ 108 $ 530
Net operating loss carryforwards 385 1,550
Capitalized research and development 222 330
Reserves and accruals 690 1,730
Other 817 610
------------------- ----------------
Total deferred tax assets $ 2,222 4,750
Valuation allowance -- (1,250)
------------------- ----------------
------------------- ----------------
Net deferred tax assets $ 2,222 $ 3,500
------------------- ----------------
------------------- ----------------
</TABLE>
Management believes that the deferred tax assets will be realized based on
current levels of future taxable income and potentially refundable taxes. The
valuation allowance decreased by $1,250,000, $2,446,000 and $189,000 in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
DSP Group Israel production facilities have been granted "Approved
Enterprise" status under Israeli law in connection with four separate
investment plans.
According to the provisions of such Israeli law, DSP Group Israel has chosen
to enjoy "Alternative plans benefits," which is a waiver of grants in return
for tax exemption. Accordingly, DSP Group Israel's income from an "Approved
Enterprise" is tax-exempt for a period of two or four years and is subject to
a reduced corporate tax rate of 10% for an additional period of eight or six
years, respectively. The tax benefits under these investment plans are
scheduled to gradually expire starting from 2002 through 2009.
DSP Group Israel's first and second plans, which were completed and commenced
operation in 1992 and 1996, respectively, are tax exempt for four years and
are entitled to a reduced corporate tax rate of 10% for an additional period
of six years. The third and fourth plans were approved in 1996 and 1998,
respectively. They entitle DSP Group Israel to a corporate tax exemption for
a period of two years for each plan and to a reduced corporate tax rate of
10% for an additional period of eight years.
The period of tax benefits, as detailed above, is subject to limitations of
the earlier of 12 years from commencement of production, or 14 years from
receipt of approval.
The tax exempt income attributable to an "Approved Enterprise" can be
distributed to stockholders without subjecting DSP Group Israel to taxes only
upon the complete liquidation of DSP Group Israel. The Company has
determined that such tax exempt
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
income will not be distributed as dividends. Accordingly, no deferred income
taxes have been provided on income attributable to DSP Group Israel's
"Approved Enterprise."
If the retained tax exempt income is distributed in a manner other than in
the complete liquidation of DSP Group Israel, it would be taxed at the
corporate tax rate applicable to such profits as if DSP Group Israel had not
chosen the alternative tax benefits and an income tax liability would be
incurred of approximately $1,859 as of December 31, 1998.
Through December 31, 1998, DSP Group Israel has met all the conditions
required under the approvals.
Should DSP Group Israel fail to meet such conditions in the future, however,
it could be subject to corporate tax in Israel at the standard rate of 36%
and could be required to refund tax benefits already received.
Income from sources other than the "Approved Enterprise" during the benefit
period will be subject to tax at the standard rate of corporate tax in Israel
of 36%.
By virtue of such Israeli law, DSP Group Israel is entitled to claim
accelerated rates of depreciation on equipment used by an "Approved
Enterprise" during the first five tax years from the beginning of such use.
NOTE 8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In 1993, the Company entered into a development and licensing agreement with
AudioCodes (SEE NOTE 2 OTHER INVESTMENTS). Under the agreement, AudioCodes
is to perform certain research and development services for the Company.
Upon development of the technology, the Company is to pay AudioCodes a
service fee and additional royalty fees of 15% to 50% of the net revenue and
3% to 10% of the gross margin realized from the sale of the technology
incorporated in the Company's products. In 1998, 1997 and 1996 the Company
recorded the following (IN THOUSANDS):
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------- ------------ -------------
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 1998 1997 1996
------------- ------------ -------------
<S> <S> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
- ----------------------------------------
Product sales 944 1,542 1,644
Licensing 82 206 65
COST OF REVENUES:
- ----------------------------------------
Cost of products 384 291 --
Cost of licensing 160 268 355
OPERATING EXPENSES:
- ----------------------------------------
Research and development 345 340 269
</TABLE>
NOTE 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On February 2, 1999, the Company announced that it had entered into a stock
purchase agreement with Magnum Technologies, Ltd., an international
investment fund ("Magnum"), in which the Company issued and sold 2,300,000
new shares of its Common Stock to Magnum, which represented approximately 20%
of the Company's outstanding Common Stock at the time of the transaction, for
$15 per share, or an aggregate of $34.5 million in total gross proceeds to the
Company. As part of the agreement, Magnum may acquire additional shares of
the Company's Common Stock in the open market, but may not bring its total
holdings to more than 35% of the Company's outstanding shares of Common
Stock.
In February 1999, the Board of Directors authorized the Company's plan to
repurchase up to 1,000,000 shares of its Common Stock from time to time on
the open-market or in privately negotiated transactions.
<PAGE>
DSP Group, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Report of Independent Auditors
The Board of Directors and Stockholders DSP Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DSP Group,
Inc as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated statements
of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of three years in
the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of DSP Group, Inc.
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the consolidated results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Palo Alto, California
January 25, 1999,
Except for Note 9, as to which the date is February 18, 1999
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IN THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K OF DSP GROUP, INC. FOR
THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 9,038
<SECURITIES> 57,951
<RECEIVABLES> 6,025
<ALLOWANCES> 304
<INVENTORY> 2,182
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 77,874
<PP&E> 11,330
<DEPRECIATION> 7,094
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 85,791
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 9,201
<BONDS> 0
0
0
<COMMON> 9
<OTHER-SE> 75,686
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 85,791
<SALES> 49,252
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 63,850
<CGS> 29,002
<TOTAL-COSTS> 29,428
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 10,181
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 189
<INCOME-PRETAX> 19,219
<INCOME-TAX> 4,804
<INCOME-CONTINUING> 14,415
<DISCONTINUED> 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0
<CHANGES> 0
<NET-INCOME> 14,415
<EPS-PRIMARY> 1.48
<EPS-DILUTED> 1.44
</TABLE>
